Document:

<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.4

================================================================================

                               PLIANT CORPORATION

                     13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010

                                   -----------

                                    INDENTURE

                           Dated as of April 10, 2002

                                   -----------

                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

                                   as Trustee

================================================================================
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Page
<S>                                                                              <C>
                                    ARTICLE 1

                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

SECTION 1.01    Definitions...................................................     1
SECTION 1.02    Other Definitions.............................................    22
SECTION 1.03    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.............    23
SECTION 1.04    Rules of Construction.........................................    23

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                 The Securities

SECTION 2.01    Form and Dating...............................................    24
SECTION 2.02    Execution and Authentication..................................    24
SECTION 2.03    Registrar and Paying Agent....................................    24
SECTION 2.04    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust...........................    25
SECTION 2.05    Holder Lists..................................................    25
SECTION 2.06    Transfer and Exchange.........................................    26
SECTION 2.07    Replacement Securities........................................    26
SECTION 2.08    Outstanding Securities........................................    27
SECTION 2.09    Temporary Securities..........................................    27
SECTION 2.10    Cancelation...................................................    27
SECTION 2.11    Defaulted Interest............................................    28
SECTION 2.12    CUSIP and ISIN Numbers........................................    28

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   Redemption

SECTION 3.01    Notices to Trustee............................................    28
SECTION 3.02    Selection of Securities To Be Redeemed........................    28
SECTION 3.03    Notice of Redemption..........................................    29
SECTION 3.04    Effect of Notice of Redemption................................    29
SECTION 3.05    Deposit of Redemption Price...................................    30
SECTION 3.06    Securities Redeemed in Part...................................    30

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                    Covenants

SECTION 4.01    Payment of Securities.........................................    30
SECTION 4.02    SEC Reports...................................................    30
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
SECTION 4.03    Limitation on Indebtedness....................................    31
SECTION 4.04    Limitation on Restricted Payments.............................    34
SECTION 4.05    Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
                     Restricted Subsidiaries..................................    38
SECTION 4.06    Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock............    39
SECTION 4.07    Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates....................    42
SECTION 4.08    Change of Control.............................................    43
SECTION 4.09    Compliance Certificate........................................    45
SECTION 4.10    Further Instruments and Acts..................................    45
SECTION 4.11    Future Note Guarantors........................................    45
SECTION 4.12    Limitation on Lines of Business...............................    45

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                Successor Company

SECTION 5.01..................................................................    46

                                    ARTICLE 6

                              Defaults and Remedies

SECTION 6.01    Events of Default.............................................    47
SECTION 6.02    Acceleration..................................................    49
SECTION 6.03    Other Remedies................................................    49
SECTION 6.04    Waiver of Past Defaults.......................................    49
SECTION 6.05    Control by Majority...........................................    50
SECTION 6.06    Limitation on Suits...........................................    50
SECTION 6.07    Rights of Holders to Receive Payment..........................    50
SECTION 6.08    Collection Suit by Trustee....................................    50
SECTION 6.09    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim..............................    51
SECTION 6.10    Priorities....................................................    51
SECTION 6.11    Undertaking for Costs.........................................    51
SECTION 6.12    Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws..............................    51

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                     Trustee

SECTION 7.01    Duties of Trustee.............................................    52
SECTION 7.02    Rights of Trustee.............................................    53
SECTION 7.03    Individual Rights of Trustee..................................    54
SECTION 7.04    Trustee's Disclaimer..........................................    54
SECTION 7.05    Notice of Defaults............................................    54
SECTION 7.06    Reports by Trustee to Holders.................................    54
SECTION 7.07    Compensation and Indemnity....................................    54
SECTION 7.08    Replacement of Trustee........................................    55
SECTION 7.09    Successor Trustee by Merger...................................    56
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
SECTION 7.10    Eligibility; Disqualification.................................    56
SECTION 7.11    Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.............    57

                                    ARTICLE 8

                       Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

SECTION 8.01    Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance..............    57
SECTION 8.02    Conditions to Defeasance......................................    58
SECTION 8.03    Application of Trust Money....................................    59
SECTION 8.04    Repayment to Company..........................................    59
SECTION 8.05    Indemnity for Government Obligations..........................    59
SECTION 8.06    Reinstatement.................................................    60

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                   Amendments

SECTION 9.01    Without Consent of Holders....................................    60
SECTION 9.02    With Consent of Holders.......................................    61
SECTION 9.03    Compliance with Trust Indenture Act...........................    62
SECTION 9.04    Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.................    62
SECTION 9.05    Notation on or Exchange of Securities.........................    62
SECTION 9.06    Trustee to Sign Amendments....................................    63

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                  Subordination

SECTION 10.01   Agreement To Subordinate......................................    63
SECTION 10.02   Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy..........................    63
SECTION 10.03   Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness.....................    63
SECTION 10.04   Acceleration of Payment of Securities.........................    64
SECTION 10.05   When Distribution Must Be Paid Over...........................    65
SECTION 10.06   Subrogation...................................................    65
SECTION 10.07   Relative Rights...............................................    65
SECTION 10.08   Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company..................    65
SECTION 10.09   Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent............................    65
SECTION 10.10   Distribution or Notice to Representative......................    66
SECTION 10.11   Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit
                     Right To Accelerate......................................    66
SECTION 10.12   Trust Monies Not Subordinated.................................    66
SECTION 10.13   Trustee Entitled To Rely......................................    66
SECTION 10.14   Trustee To Effectuate Subordination...........................    67
SECTION 10.15   Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness......    67
SECTION 10.16   Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on
                     Subordination Provisions.................................    67
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
                                   ARTICLE 11

                                 Note Guarantees

SECTION 11.01   Note Guarantees...............................................    67
SECTION 11.02   Limitation on Liability.......................................    69
SECTION 11.03   Successors and Assigns........................................    70
SECTION 11.04   No Waiver.....................................................    70
SECTION 11.05   Modification..................................................    70
SECTION 11.06   Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note
                     Guarantors...............................................    71
SECTION 11.07   Non-Impairment................................................    71

                                   ARTICLE 12
                      Subordination of the Note Guarantees

SECTION 12.01   Agreement To Subordinate......................................    71
SECTION 12.02   Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy..........................    71
SECTION 12.03   Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Note
                     Guarantor................................................    72
SECTION 12.04   Demand for Payment............................................    73
SECTION 12.05   When Distribution Must Be Paid Over...........................    73
SECTION 12.06   Subrogation...................................................    73
SECTION 12.07   Relative Rights...............................................    73
SECTION 12.08   Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Note Guarantor.........    73
SECTION 12.09   Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent............................    74
SECTION 12.10   Distribution or Notice to Representative......................    74
SECTION 12.11   Article 12 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right
                     To Accelerate............................................    74
SECTION 12.12   Trustee Entitled To Rely......................................    74
SECTION 12.13   Trustee To Effectuate Subordination...........................    75
SECTION 12.14   Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness
                     of a Note Guarantor......................................    75
SECTION 12.15   Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Note
                     Guarantor on Subordination Provisions....................    75
SECTION 12.16   Defeasance....................................................    75

                                   ARTICLE 13

                                  Miscellaneous

SECTION 13.01   Trust Indenture Act Controls..................................    75
SECTION 13.02   Notices.......................................................    76
SECTION 13.03   Communication by Holders with Other Holders...................    76
SECTION 13.04   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent............    76
SECTION 13.05   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.................    77
SECTION 13.06   When Securities Disregarded...................................    77
SECTION 13.07   Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar..................    77
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
SECTION 13.08   Legal Holidays................................................    77
SECTION 13.09   GOVERNING LAW.................................................    77
SECTION 13.10   No Recourse Against Others....................................    78
SECTION 13.11   Successors....................................................    78
SECTION 13.12   Multiple Originals............................................    78
SECTION 13.13   Table of Contents; Headings...................................    78
</TABLE>

Appendix A    -    Provisions Relating to Initial Securities, Private Exchange
                   Notes and Exchange Notes
Exhibit A     -    Form of Initial Security and Private Exchange Note
Exhibit B     -    Form of Exchange Note
Exhibit C     -    Form of Supplemental Indenture
Exhibit D     -    Form of Transferee Letter of Representation
<PAGE>
                        INDENTURE dated as of April 10, 2002, among PLIANT
                  CORPORATION, a Utah corporation (the "Company"), PLIANT
                  CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL, a Utah corporation, PLIANT FILM
                  PRODUCTS OF MEXICO, INC., a Utah corporation, PLIANT SOLUTIONS
                  CORPORATION, a Utah corporation, PLIANT PACKAGING OF CANADA,
                  LLC, a Utah limited liability company, UNIPLAST HOLDINGS,
                  INC., a Delaware corporation, UNIPLAST U.S., INC., a Delaware
                  corporation, PIERSON INDUSTRIES, INC., a Massachusetts
                  corporation, TUREX, INC., a Rhode Island corporation, and
                  UNIPLAST MIDWEST, INC., an Indiana corporation (collectively,
                  the "Note Guarantors") and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York
                  banking corporation, as trustee (the "Trustee").

            Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties
and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (a) the Company's 13%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 issued on the date hereof (the "Initial
Securities"), (b) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Agreement
(as defined in Appendix A hereto (the "Appendix")), the Company's 13% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2010 issued in the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined
in the Appendix) in exchange for any Initial Securities (the "Exchange Notes")
and (c) if and when issued as provided in the Registration Agreement, the
Private Exchange Notes (as defined in the Appendix and, together with the
Initial Securities and any Exchange Notes issued hereunder, the "Securities")
issued in the Private Exchange. Except as otherwise provided herein, the
Securities will be limited to $100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount
outstanding.

                                    ARTICLE 1

                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

            SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

            "2000 Note Guarantee" means each Guarantee of the obligations with
respect to the 2000 Notes issued by a Person pursuant to the 2000 Notes
Indenture.

            "2000 Notes" means the $220,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
the Company's 13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 issued under the 2000 Notes
Indenture.

            "2000 Notes Closing Date" means May 31, 2000.

            "2000 Notes Indenture" means the indenture dated as of May 31, 2000,
among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New
York, as trustee, under which the 2000 Notes were issued, as amended, modified
or supplemented from time to time.
<PAGE>
                                                                               2

            "Additional Assets" means (a) any property or assets (other than
Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in a Permitted Business or any improvements to any property or assets
that are used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business;
(b) Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result
of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary; or (c) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person
that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such
Restricted Subsidiary described in clauses (b) or (c) above is primarily engaged
in a Permitted Business.

            "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly
or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For
purposes of Sections 4.06 and 4.07 only, "Affiliate" shall also mean any
beneficial owner of shares representing 10% or more of the total voting power of
the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights or
warrants to purchase such Voting Stock (whether or not currently exercisable)
and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial owner pursuant
to the first sentence hereof.

            "Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease (other than an operating
lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer or other
disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or dispositions) by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any disposition by means of
a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the
purposes of this definition as a "disposition"), of (a) any shares of Capital
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors' qualifying shares or
shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary), (b) all or substantially all the assets of any
division or line of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (c)
any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outside of the
ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other
than, in the case of (a), (b) and (c) above, (i) a disposition by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (ii) for purposes of Section 4.06 only, the making of a
Permitted Investment or a disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment
permitted by Section 4.04, (iii) sales of accounts receivable and related assets
(including contract rights) of the type specified in the definition of
"Qualified Securitization Transaction" to a Securitization Entity for the fair
market value thereof, (iv) a disposition of obsolete or worn out property or
equipment or property or equipment that is no longer used or useful in the
conduct of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (v) any
other disposition of assets with a fair market value, as conclusively determined
by senior management of the Company in good faith, of less than $1.0 million,
(vi) sales or grants of licenses to use the Company's or any Restricted
Subsidiary's patents, trade secrets, know-how and technology to the extent that
such license does not prohibit the licensor from using the patent, trade secret,
know-how or technology or require the licensor to pay any fees for such use,
(vii) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
in compliance with Section 5.01 and (viii) the disposition of any Capital Stock
or other ownership interest in or assets or property of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary.
<PAGE>
                                                                               3

            "Attributable Debt" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction
means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the
interest rate borne by the Securities, compounded annually) of the total
obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the
lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for
which such lease has been extended).

            "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination, with respect
to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing (a)
the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination
to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness
or scheduled redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock
multiplied by the amount of such payment by (b) the sum of all such payments.

            "Bank Indebtedness" means any and all amounts payable under or in
respect of the Credit Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect
thereto, as amended from time to time, including principal, premium (if any),
interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not a claim
for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges,
expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable
thereunder or in respect thereof.

            "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company or
any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the Board of Directors
of the Company.

            "Business Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

            "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or
interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred
Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

            "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means an obligation that is required
to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial
reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness
represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such
obligation determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof
shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such
lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be prepaid by the lessee
without payment of a penalty.

            "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following
events:

            (a) prior to the first public offering of common stock of the
      Company, the Permitted Holders cease to be the "beneficial owner" (as
      defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or
      indirectly, of a majority in the aggregate of the total voting power of
      the Voting Stock of the Company, whether as a result of issuance of
      securities of the Company, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or
      dissolution of the Company, any direct or indirect transfer of securities
      by any Permitted Holder or otherwise (for purposes of this clause (a) and
      clause (b) below, the Permitted Holders shall be deemed to beneficially
      own any Voting Stock of an entity (the "specified entity") held by any
      other entity (the
<PAGE>
                                                                               4

      "parent entity") so long as the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as so
      defined), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the
      voting power of the Voting Stock of the parent entity);

            (b) (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and
      14(d) of the Exchange Act, including any group acting for the purpose of
      acquiring, holding or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule
      13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted
      Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in clause (a)
      above, except that for purposes of this clause (b) a person (including a
      Permitted Holder) shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all
      shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether such right
      is exercisable immediately, only after the passage of time, upon the
      happening of any event or otherwise), directly or indirectly, of more than
      50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company and (ii)
      the Permitted Holders "beneficially own" (as defined in clause (a) above),
      directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the total
      voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company than such other person and
      do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to
      elect or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of
      the Company (for the purposes of this clause (b), such other person shall
      be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a specified entity held
      by a parent entity, if such other person is the beneficial owner (as
      defined in this clause (b)), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of
      the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity and the
      Permitted Holders "beneficially own" (as defined in clause (a) above),
      directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the voting
      power of the Voting Stock of such parent entity and do not have the right
      or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate
      for election a majority of the Board of Directors of such parent entity);

            (c) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at
      the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the
      Company (together with any new directors (i) selected in accordance with
      the Stockholders Agreement so long as such agreement is in effect or
      otherwise nominated by the Permitted Holders or (ii) whose election by the
      Board of Directors of the Company or whose nomination for election by the
      stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of at least a majority
      of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company, then still in
      office, who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose
      election or nomination for election was previously so approved by the
      Board of Directors or in accordance with the Stockholders Agreement or
      otherwise by the Permitted Holders) cease for any reason to constitute a
      majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office;

            (d) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or
      dissolution of the Company; or

            (e) the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another
      Person or the merger of another Person with or into the Company, or the
      sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to another
      Person (other than a Person that is controlled by the Permitted Holders),
      and, in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the securities of
      the Company that are outstanding
<PAGE>
                                                                               5

      immediately prior to such transaction and which represent 100% of the
      aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company are changed into
      or exchanged for cash, securities or property, unless pursuant to such
      transaction such securities are changed into or exchanged for, in addition
      to any other consideration, securities of the surviving Person or
      transferee that represent immediately after such transaction, at least a
      majority of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Stock of the
      surviving Person or transferee.

            "Closing Date" means the date of this Indenture.

            "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

            "Commodity Agreement" means any commodity futures contract,
commodity option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries designed to protect the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of commodities actually at the
time used in the ordinary course of business of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

            "Company" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of
any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on
the indenture securities.

            "Consolidated Coverage Ratio" as of any date of determination means
the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most
recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial statements are
publicly available ending prior to the date of such determination to (b)
Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however,
that (i) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any
Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such
date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate
the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, EBITDA and
Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving
effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had
been Incurred on the first day of such period and the discharge of any other
Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the
proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first
day of such period, (ii) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid,
repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the
beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid, repurchased,
defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred
under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been
permanently repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction
giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, EBITDA and
Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated on a pro forma
basis as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period and as
if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has not earned the interest income
actually earned during such period in respect of cash or Temporary Cash
Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or otherwise discharge such
Indebtedness, (iii) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition in excess of $10.0
million which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a
business, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of
such Asset
<PAGE>
                                                                               6

Disposition for such period or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if
negative) directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise
discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if
the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated
Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing
Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such
sale), (iv) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any
Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is
merged with and into the Company) or an acquisition of assets, including any
acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a
calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of
an operating unit of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including
the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition
occurred on the first day of such period and (v) if since the beginning of such
period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was
merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning
of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition or any Investment or
acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause
(iii) or (iv) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during
such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be
calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition,
Investment or acquisition of assets occurred on the first day of such period.
For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an
Investment or acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating
thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any
Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall
be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of
the Company. Any such pro forma calculations may include operating expense
reductions for such period resulting from the acquisition which is being given
pro forma effect that (a) would be permitted pursuant to Article 11 of
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act or (b) have been realized or for which
the steps necessary for realization have been taken or are reasonably expected
to be taken within six months following any such acquisition, including, but not
limited to, the execution or termination of any contracts, the termination of
any personnel or the closing (or approval by the Board of Directors of any
closing) of any facility, as applicable, provided that, such adjustments are set
forth in an Officers' Certificate signed by the Company's chief financial
officer and another Officer which states (i) the amount of such adjustment or
adjustments, (ii) that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the
reasonable good faith beliefs of the officers executing such Officers'
Certificate at the time of such execution and (iii) that any related Incurrence
of Indebtedness is permitted pursuant to this Indenture. If any Indebtedness
bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the
interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in
effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire
period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement
applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement or Currency
Agreement has a remaining term as at the date of determination in excess of 12
months).
<PAGE>
                                                                               7

            "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any period, the total
interest expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries
plus, to the extent Incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in
such period but not included in such interest expense, (a) interest expense
attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and the interest expense
attributable to operating leases constituting part of a Sale/Leaseback
Transaction, (b) amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs, (c)
capitalized interest, (d) non-cash interest expense, (e) commissions, discounts
and other fees and charges attributable to letters of credit and bankers'
acceptance financing, (f) interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other
Person to the extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, (g) net costs associated with Hedging Obligations
(including amortization of fees), provided, however, that if Hedging Obligations
result in net benefits rather than costs, such benefits shall be credited in
determining Consolidated Interest Expense unless, pursuant to GAAP, such net
benefits are otherwise reflected in Consolidated Net Income, (h) dividends and
distributions declared in respect of all Disqualified Stock of the Company and
dividends and distributions declared and paid in respect of all Preferred Stock
of any of the Subsidiaries of the Company that is not a Note Guarantor, to the
extent held by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (i)
interest Incurred in connection with investments in discontinued operations and
(j) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or similar trust
to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest
or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness
Incurred by such plan or trust. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges
Incurred in connection with any transaction pursuant to which the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company may sell, convey or otherwise transfer or grant a
security interest in any accounts receivable or related assets shall be included
in Consolidated Interest Expense.

            "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period, the net income
(loss) of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period;
provided, however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net
Income:

            (a) any net income (loss) of any Person (other than the Company) if
      such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (i) subject to the
      limitations contained in clauses (d), (e) and (f) below, the Company's
      equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be
      included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of
      cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company
      or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject,
      in the case of a dividend or other distribution made to a Restricted
      Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (c) below) and (ii) the
      Company's equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall be
      included in determining such Consolidated Net Income to the extent such
      loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted
      Subsidiary;

            (b) other than for purposes of clauses (iv) and (v) of the
      definition of Consolidated Coverage Ratio any net income (or loss) of any
      Person acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests
      transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

            (c) any net income (or loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary if such
      Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly,
      on the payment of
<PAGE>
                                                                               8

      dividends or the making of distributions or loans or intercompany advances
      by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company,
      except that (i) subject to the limitations contained in clauses (d), (e)
      and (f) below, the Company's equity in the net income of any such
      Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such
      Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually
      distributed, loaned or advanced by such Restricted Subsidiary during such
      period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend,
      distribution, loan or advance (subject, in the case of a dividend,
      distribution, loan or advance made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to
      the limitation contained in this clause) and (ii) the Company's equity in
      a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be
      included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

            (d) any gain (loss) realized upon the sale or other disposition of
      any asset of the Company or its Consolidated Subsidiaries (including
      pursuant to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction) that is not sold or otherwise
      disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (loss)
      realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any
      Person;

            (e) any extraordinary gain or loss; and

            (f) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 4.04 only, there
shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of
loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments
or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such
Section pursuant to clause (a)(iv)(3)(F) thereof.

            "Consolidation" means the consolidation of the amounts of each of
the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied; provided, however, that "Consolidation" shall not include
consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall
be accounted for as an investment. The term "Consolidated" has a correlative
meaning.

            "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee
at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which
office at the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 21 West, New
York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other
address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders
and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee
(or such other address as a successor Trustee may designate from time to time by
notice to the Holders and the Company).

            "Credit Agreement" means the credit agreement dated as of the 2000
Notes Closing Date among the Company, the lenders named therein, Bankers Trust
Company, as administrative agent and collateral agent, The Bank of Nova Scotia,
as documentation agent, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as syndication agent, together
with related documents thereto including any guarantee agreements and security
documents, as amended, modified, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded,
replaced, restructured,
<PAGE>
                                                                               9

repaid or refinanced from time to time (including any agreement extending the
maturity thereof or increasing the amount of available borrowings thereunder or
adding Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or
guarantors thereunder) whether with the original agents and lenders or otherwise
and whether provided under the original credit agreement or other credit
agreements or otherwise.

            "Currency Agreement" means with respect to any Person any foreign
exchange contract, currency swap agreements or other similar agreement or
arrangement to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.

            "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of
time or both would be, an Event of Default.

            "Designated Senior Indebtedness" of the Company means (a) the Bank
Indebtedness and (b) any other Senior Indebtedness of the Company that, at the
date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or
under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to
lend up to, at least $15.0 million and is specifically designated by the Company
in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of this Indenture. "Designated
Senior Indebtedness" of a Note Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

            "Disqualified Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital
Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into
which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon
the happening of any event (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to
a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is convertible or exchangeable for
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock convertible or
exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
provided, that any such conversion or exchange shall be deemed an issuance of
Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock, as applicable) or (c) is
redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, in the case
of clauses (a), (b) and (c), on or prior to 91 days after the Stated Maturity of
the Securities; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock that
so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is
so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date will be
deemed Disqualified Stock; provided further, that any Capital Stock that would
not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders
thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital
Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control" shall not
constitute Disqualified Stock if the "asset sale" or "change of control"
provisions applicable to such Capital Stock provide that such Person may not
repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such
Person has first complied with the provisions of Sections 4.06 and 4.08, as
applicable; and provided further that any class of Capital Stock of such Person
that, by its terms, authorizes such Person to satisfy in full its obligations
with respect to payment of dividends or upon maturity, redemption (pursuant to a
sinking fund or otherwise) or repurchase thereof or other payment obligations or
otherwise by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock, and that
is not convertible, puttable or exchangeable for Disqualified Stock or
Indebtedness, shall not be deemed Disqualified Stock so long as such Person
satisfies its obligations with respect thereto solely by the delivery of Capital
Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.
<PAGE>
                                                                              10

            "Domestic Overdraft Facility" means an overdraft line of credit in a
maximum principal amount of $10.0 million at any time outstanding.

            "Domestic Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

            "EBITDA" for any period means the Consolidated Net Income for such
period, excluding the following to the extent included in calculating such
Consolidated Net Income: (a) income tax expense of the Company and its
Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, (c)
depreciation expense of the Company and its Consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries, (d) amortization expense of the Company and its Consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries (but excluding amortization expense attributable to a
prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), (e) other noncash charges of
the Company and its Consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such
noncash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for
cash expenditures in any future period), (f) income or loss from discontinued
operations, (g) plant closing costs (as defined by GAAP) and (h) noncash
stock-based compensation expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision
for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and
amortization and noncash charges of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent
(and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted
Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a
corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be
dividended, loaned or advanced to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary
without prior approval of Persons other than the Board of Directors or holders
of the Company's Capital Stock (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the
terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees,
orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such
Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

            "Equity Offering" means any public or private sale of the common
stock of the Company, other than any public offering with respect to the
Company's common stock registered on Form S-8 or other issuances upon exercise
of options by employees of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

            "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

            "Exchange Note Guarantees" means the guarantees made by the Note
Guarantors pursuant to the Registration Agreement.

            "Exchange Notes" means the senior subordinated debt securities to be
issued by the Company pursuant to the Registration Agreement.

            "Excluded Contribution" means net cash proceeds received by the
Company from (a) contributions to its common equity capital and (b) the sale
(other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any Company or Subsidiary
management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee
benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an
Officers' Certificate executed on the date such capital contributions are made
or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which are excluded
from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(iv)(3).
<PAGE>
                                                                              11

            "Existing Management Stockholders" means each of Richard P. Durham,
Jack E. Knott, Scott K. Sorensen and Ronald G. Moffitt.

            "Foreign Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
organized, and conducting its principal operations, outside the United States of
America.

            "Foreign Subsidiary Asset Disposition" means any direct or indirect
sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease, assignment or other transfer for
value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any
Sale/Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company of the Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary or any
of the property or assets of any Foreign Subsidiary.

            "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America as in effect as of the 2000 Notes Closing Date, including
those set forth in (a) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (b)
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (c)
such other statements by such other entities as are approved by a significant
segment of the accounting profession and (d) the rules and regulations of the
SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma
financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to
Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff
accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of
the SEC. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture
shall be computed in conformity with GAAP, unless expressly provided otherwise.

            "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any
Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person
and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person
(a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment
of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets,
goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial
statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for purposes of assuring
in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or
to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);
provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "Guarantee"
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. The term "Guarantor" shall mean any
Person Guaranteeing any obligation.

            "Hedging Obligations" of any Person means the obligations of such
Person pursuant to any Commodity Agreement, Interest Rate Agreement or Currency
Agreement.

            "Holder" means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on
the Registrar's books.

            "Incur" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become
liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a
Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger,
consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such
Subsidiary at the time it becomes a
<PAGE>
                                                                              12

Subsidiary. The term "Incurrence" when used as a noun shall have a correlative
meaning.

            "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person on any date of
determination (without duplication):

            (a) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of indebtedness
      of such Person for borrowed money;

            (b) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of obligations
      of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
      instruments;

            (c) all obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit
      or other similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with
      respect thereto);

            (d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid
      purchase price of property or services (except Trade Payables and other
      accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), which
      purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing such
      property in service or taking delivery and title thereto or the completion
      of such services;

            (e) all Capitalized Lease Obligations and all Attributable Debt of
      such Person;

            (f) all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption,
      repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect
      to any Subsidiary of such Person that is not a Note Guarantor, any
      Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

            (g) all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset
      of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such
      Person; provided, however, that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person
      shall be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such
      date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of such
      other Persons;

            (h) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, the net
      obligations under Hedging Obligations of such Person;

            (i) to the extent not otherwise included, the amount then
      outstanding (i.e., advanced, and received by, and available for use by,
      such Person) under any receivables financing (as set forth in the books
      and records of such Person and confirmed by the agent, trustee or other
      representative of the institution or group providing such receivables
      financing); and

            (j) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (a) through
      (i) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of
      which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or
      indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any
      Guarantee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Indebtedness" shall not include unsecured
indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred to finance
insurance premiums in
<PAGE>
                                                                              13

a principal amount not in excess of the insurance premiums to be paid by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for a three-year period beginning on the
date of Incurrence of any such Indebtedness. The amount of Indebtedness of any
Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all
unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the
occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent
obligations at such date.

            "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from
time to time.

            "Intangible Assets" means goodwill, patents, trademarks and other
intangibles as determined in accordance with GAAP.

            "Interest Rate Agreement" means with respect to any Person any
interest rate protection agreement, interest rate future agreement, interest
rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap
agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or
other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or a
beneficiary.

            "Investment" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance,
loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that
are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other
extension of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or
capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property
(excluding Capital Stock of the Company) to others or any payment for property
or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of
Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person.
For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary" and Section 4.04,
(a) "Investment" shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company's
equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets
of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue
to have a permanent "Investment" in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if
positive) equal to (i) the Company's "Investment" in such Subsidiary at the time
of such redesignation less (ii) the portion (proportionate to the Company's
equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets
of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; (b) any property
transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair
market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good
faith by (x) the senior management of the Company if the amount thereof is less
than $2.0 million and (y) the Board of Directors if in excess thereof; and (c)
the amount of any Investment shall be the original cost as of the date of
determination of such Investment plus the cost of all additional Investments by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, without any adjustments for
increases or decreases in value or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with
respect to such Investments.

            "Issue Date" means the date on which the Initial Securities are
originally issued.

            "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).
<PAGE>
                                                                              14

            "liquidated damages" means any liquidated damages payable under the
Registration Agreement.

            "Material Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any
Subsidiary of the Company that, together with its Subsidiaries, (a) for the most
recent fiscal year of the Company accounted for more than 10.0% of the
consolidated revenues of the Company or (b) as of the end of such fiscal year,
was the owner of 10.0% of the consolidated assets of the Company, all as set
forth on the most recently available consolidated financial statement of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year prepared in
conformity with GAAP.

            "Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments
received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of
principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise and proceeds
from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration,
but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in
the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other
obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such
Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each
case net of (a) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording
tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal,
state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a
liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition, (b) all
payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such
Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other
security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its
terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or
by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (c)
all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest
holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition,
(d) the decrease in proceeds from Qualified Securitization Transactions which
results from such Asset Disposition and (e) appropriate amounts to be provided
by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities
associated with the property or other assets disposed of in such Asset
Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such
Asset Disposition.

            "Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital
Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys' fees,
accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and expenses actually
incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof.

            "Note Guarantee" means each Guarantee of the obligations with
respect to the Securities issued by a Person pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture.

            "Note Guarantor" means any Person that has issued a Note Guarantee.

            "Offering Memorandum" means the Offering Memorandum dated April 5,
2000 relating to the Securities.

            "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the
Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.
<PAGE>
                                                                              15

            "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers.

            "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel who
is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to
the Company.

            "Permitted Business" means the design, manufacture and/or marketing
of films and flexible packaging products for food, personal care, medical,
retail, agricultural, industrial and other applications or any businesses that
are reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto.

            "Permitted Holders" means each of (i) J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC and
its Affiliates, (ii) Southwest Industrial Films, LLC and its Affiliates, (iii)
the Christena Karen H. Durham Trust, (iv) the Existing Management Stockholders
and their Related Parties and (v) any Person acting in the capacity of an
underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of the Company's
Capital Stock

            "Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in: (a) the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or a Person
that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that after giving effect to such Investment the Company is
still in compliance with Section 4.12; (b) another Person if as a result of such
Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that after giving effect to such
Investment the Company is still in compliance with Section 4.12; (c) Temporary
Cash Investments; (d) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable
or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however,
that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company
or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; (e)
payroll, travel and similar advances or loans to cover matters that are expected
at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting
purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; (f) loans or
advances to officers, directors, consultants or employees made (A) in the
ordinary course of business and not exceeding $3.0 million in any year or (B) to
fund purchases of stock under the Company's 2000 Stock Incentive Plan and any
similar plans or employment arrangements; (g) Capital Stock, obligations or
other securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course
of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in
satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar
arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor; (h) any Person to the
extent such Investment represents the non- cash portion of the consideration
received for an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to and in compliance
with Section 4.06; (i) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
in a Securitization Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Entity in any
other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction; provided
that any Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a purchase
money note or an equity interest; (j) Hedging Obligations entered into in the
ordinary course of business; (k) endorsements of negotiable instruments and
documents in the ordinary course of business; (l) assets or securities of a
Person acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the
consideration for such acquisition consists of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company; (m) Investments in existence on the 2000
Notes Closing Date; (n) Investments of a Person or any of its
<PAGE>
                                                                              16

Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company or at the time such Person merges or consolidates with the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case in compliance with this
Indenture, provided that such Investments were not made by such Person in
connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such merger or consolidation; (o)
Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures not to exceed $30.0
million since the 2000 Notes Closing Date plus (A) the aggregate net after-tax
amount returned since the 2000 Notes Closing Date to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in cash on or with respect to any Investments made since
the 2000 Notes Closing Date in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures
whether through interest payments, principal payments, dividends or other
distributions or payments (including such dividends, distributions or payments
made concurrently with such Investment), (B) the net after-tax cash proceeds
received since the 2000 Notes Closing Date by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary from the disposition of all or any portion of such Investments (other
than to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company), and (C) upon redesignation
since the 2000 Notes Closing Date of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary, the fair market value of such Subsidiary, provided that any amounts
included pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C) are excluded from
the calculation set forth in clause (a)(iv)(3) under Section 4.04; and (p)
additional Investments since the 2000 Notes Closing Date in an aggregate amount
not to exceed $15.0 million.

            "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or any other entity.

            "Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person,
means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that is
preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person,
over Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

            "principal" of a Security means the principal of the Security plus
the premium, if any, payable on the Security which is due or overdue or is to
become due at the relevant time.

            "Public Market" means any time after (a) an Equity Offering has been
consummated and (b) at least 15% of the total issued and outstanding common
stock of the Company has been distributed by means of an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act.

            "Qualified Securitization Transaction" means any transaction or
series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell,
convey or otherwise transfer pursuant to customary terms to (a) a Securitization
Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and
(b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Entity), or
may grant a security interest in any accounts receivable (whether now existing
or arising or acquired in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral
securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights and all
guarantees or
<PAGE>
                                                                              17

other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such
accounts receivable and other assets (including contract rights) which are
customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are
customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions
involving accounts receivable.

            "Qualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified
Stock.

            "Recapitalization Agreement" means the Recapitalization Agreement
dated as of March 31, 2000, between the Company, the selling stockholders listed
therein and Chase Domestic Investments, L.L.C., as amended to and in effect at
the 2000 Notes Closing Date.

            "Refinance" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance,
extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue
other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness.
"Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.

            "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness that is Incurred to
Refinance any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing
on the 2000 Notes Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with the 2000 Notes
Indenture (if incurred prior to the Closing Date), or if incurred on or after
the Closing Date, the Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness); provided,
however, that: (a) the Refinancing Indebtedness (if Refinancing any Indebtedness
existing on the 2000 Notes Closing Date) has a Stated Maturity no earlier than
the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, (b) the Refinancing
Indebtedness (if Refinancing any Indebtedness existing on the 2000 Notes Closing
Date) has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred
that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being
refinanced, (c) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate
principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue
price) (whether in U.S. dollars or a foreign currency) that is equal to or less
than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount,
the aggregate accreted value) (in U.S. dollars or such foreign currency, as
applicable) then outstanding (plus, without duplication, accrued interest,
premium and defeasance costs required to be paid under the terms of the
Indebtedness being Refinanced and the fees, expenses, discounts, commissions and
other issuance costs incurred in connection with the Refinancing Indebtedness)
of the Indebtedness being Refinanced and (d) if the Indebtedness being
Refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Securities or a Note
Guarantee of a Note Guarantor, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in
right of payment to the Securities or the Note Guarantee at least to the same
extent as the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further, however, that
Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include: (i) Indebtedness of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor that Refinances Indebtedness of the
Company or (ii) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that
Refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

            "Related Parties" means with respect to a Person (a) that is a
natural person (1) any spouse, parent or lineal descendant (including adopted
children) of such Person or (2) the estate of such Person during any period in
which such estate holds Capital Stock of the Company for the benefit of any
person referred to in clause (a)(1) and (b) any trust, corporation, partnership,
limited liability company or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders,
partners, owners or Persons beneficially owning an interest of
<PAGE>
                                                                              18

more than 50% of which consist of such Person and/or such other Persons referred
to in the immediately preceding clause (a).

            "Representative" means the trustee, agent or representative (if any)
for an issue of Senior Indebtedness.

            "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

            "Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company other
than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

            "Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means an arrangement relating to
property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary whereby the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such
property to a Person and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it
from such Person, other than (a) leases between the Company and a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary or between Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (b) any arrangement whereby
the transfer involves fixed or capital assets and is consummated within 120 days
after the date the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires or finishes
construction of such fixed or capital assets.

            "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

            "Secured Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company secured
by a Lien. "Secured Indebtedness" of a Note Guarantor has a correlative meaning.

            "Securities" means the Securities issued under this Indenture.

            "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

            "Securitization Entity" means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the
Company (or another Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company
transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities
other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable or equipment
and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided
below) as a Securitization Entity (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any
other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of obligations
(other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to
Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to
Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly,
contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to
Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or
understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such
Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are
not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of
business in connection with servicing receivables of such entity and (c) to
which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation
to maintain or preserve such entity's financial condition or cause such
<PAGE>
                                                                              19

entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. Any such designation by
the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee, by
filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of
Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

            "Senior Indebtedness" of the Company or any Note Guarantor, as the
case may be, means the principal of, premium (if any) and accrued and unpaid
interest on (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition
in bankruptcy or for reorganization of the Company or any Note Guarantor, as
applicable, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is
allowed in such proceedings), and fees and all other amounts owing in respect
of, Bank Indebtedness and all other Indebtedness of the Company or any Note
Guarantor, as applicable, whether outstanding on the 2000 Notes Closing Date or
thereafter Incurred, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or
pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such obligations
are not superior in right of payment to the Securities or such Note Guarantor's
Note Guarantee, provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:
(a) any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary of the Company or of any
Note Guarantor to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company, (b) any
liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company
or any Note Guarantor, (c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade
creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees
thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities), (d) any Indebtedness or
obligation of the Company or any Note Guarantor (and any accrued and unpaid
interest in respect thereof) that by its terms is subordinate or junior in right
of payment to any other Indebtedness or obligation of the Company or such Note
Guarantor, as applicable, including any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and any
Subordinated Obligations, (e) any obligations with respect to any Capital Stock
or (f) any Indebtedness Incurred in violation of this Indenture, unless such
Indebtedness was Incurred based on an Officers' Certificate of the Company
(delivered in good faith after reasonable investigation) to the effect that the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness did not violate the provisions of this
Indenture.

            "Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" of the Company means the
Securities, the 2000 Notes, the Exchange Notes and any other Indebtedness of the
Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu
with the Securities in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in
right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Company which is
not Senior Indebtedness. "Senior Subordinated Indebtedness" of a Note Guarantor
has a correlative meaning.

            "Significant Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would
be a "Significant Subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02
under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

            "Standard Securitization Undertakings" means representations,
warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company which are reasonably customary in an accounts
receivable securitization transaction.

            "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any security, the date
specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of
principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any
mandatory redemption provision (but
<PAGE>
                                                                              20

excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the
option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the
control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

            "Stockholders Agreement" means the Stockholders Agreement among the
Company and the holders of the Company's Capital Stock party thereto, as in
effect at the 2000 Notes Closing Date and as amended from time to time, so long
as the Permitted Holders own a majority of the Capital Stock subject to such
agreement.

            "Subordinated Obligation" means any Indebtedness of the Company
(whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) that is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Securities pursuant to a
written agreement. "Subordinated Obligation" of a Note Guarantor has a
correlative meaning.

            "Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation, association,
partnership, limited liability company or other business entity of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests
(including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives, managers
or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly,
by (a) such Person, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person
or (c) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

            "Tangible Assets" means Total Assets less Intangible Assets.

            "Temporary Cash Investments" means any of the following: (a) any
investment in direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency
or instrumentality thereof or obligations Guaranteed or insured by the United
States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) investments in
checking accounts, savings accounts, time deposit accounts, certificates of
deposit, bankers' acceptances and money market deposits maturing within 360 days
of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company that is
organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or
any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital,
surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $250,000,000 (or the
foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long-term debt is rated "A" (or
such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities
Act), (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into
with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (b) above, (d)
investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date
of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company)
organized and in existence under the laws of the United States of America or any
foreign country recognized by the United States of America with a rating at the
time as of which any investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according
to Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or "A-1" (or higher) according to Standard
and Poor's Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
("S&P"), (e) investments in securities with maturities of six months or less
from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state,
commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political
subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least "A" by S&P or "A" by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and (f) investments in money market funds that
invest substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in
clauses (a) through (e) above.
<PAGE>
                                                                              21

            "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Closing Date.

            "Total Assets" means the total consolidated assets of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of
the Company.

            "Trade Payables" means, with respect to any Person, any accounts
payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created,
assumed or Guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business
in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

            "Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

            "Trust Officer" means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any
officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice
president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other
officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those
performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively,
or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person's
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have
direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

            "Uniform Commercial Code" means the New York Uniform Commercial Code
as in effect from time to time.

            "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (a) Pliant Investment, Inc. and any
Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination shall be designated
an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in the manner provided
below and (b) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of
Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly
acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital
Stock in or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the
Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the
Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that either (i) the
Subsidiary to be so designated at the time of designation has total Consolidated
assets of $1,000 or less or (ii) if such Subsidiary has Consolidated assets
greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section
4.04. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a
Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect
to such designation (a) the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
under Section 4.03(a) and (b) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Any such designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or Unrestricted
Subsidiary by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by
promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of
Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

            "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations (or
certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the
United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for
the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America
is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer's option.
<PAGE>
                                                                              22

            "Voting Stock" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or
other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then
outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

            "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying Capital
Stock) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

            SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Defined in
Term                                                                                 Section
----                                                                               ----------
<S>                                                                                <C>
"Affiliate Transaction".........................................................   4.07(a)
"Appendix"......................................................................   Preamble
"Bankruptcy Law"................................................................   6.01
"Blockage Notice"...............................................................   10.03
"Change of Control Offer".......................................................   4.08(b)
"covenant defeasance option"....................................................   8.01(b)
"Custodian".....................................................................   6.01
"Definitive Securities".........................................................   Appendix A
"Event of Default"..............................................................   6.01
"Global Securities".............................................................   Appendix A
"Guarantee Blockage Notice".....................................................   12.03
"Guarantee Payment Blockage Period".............................................   12.03
"Guaranteed Obligations"........................................................   11.01
"incorporated provision"........................................................   13.01
"Initial Securities"............................................................   Preamble
"legal defeasance option".......................................................   8.01(b)
"Legal Holiday".................................................................   13.08
"Notice of Default".............................................................   6.01
"Offer".........................................................................   4.06(b)
"Offer Amount"..................................................................   4.06(c)(ii)
"Offer Period"..................................................................   4.06(c)(ii)
"pay its Guarantee".............................................................   12.03
"pay the Securities"............................................................   10.03
"Paying Agent"..................................................................   2.03
"Payment Blockage Period".......................................................   10.03
"Private Exchange"..............................................................   Appendix A
"Private Exchange Notes"........................................................   Appendix A
"protected purchaser"...........................................................   2.07
"Purchase Date".................................................................   4.06(c)(i)
"Registration Agreement"........................................................   Appendix A
"Registered Exchange Offer".....................................................   Appendix A
"Registrar".....................................................................   2.03
"Restricted Payment"............................................................   4.04(a)
"Securities Custodian"..........................................................   Appendix A
"Successor Company".............................................................   5.01(a)
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              23

            SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following
TIA terms have the following meanings:

            "Commission" means the SEC.

            "indenture securities" means the Securities and the Note Guarantees.

            "indenture security holder" means a Holder.

            "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

            "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

            "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company, the Note
Guarantors and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

            All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the
meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

            SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise
requires:

            (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

            (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
      assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

            (c) "or" is not exclusive;

            (d) "including" means including without limitation;

            (e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural
      include the singular;

            (f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or
      junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured
      Indebtedness;

            (g) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other
      discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that
      would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared
      in accordance with GAAP; and

            (h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the
      maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum
      mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price (not including, in
      either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) with respect to such
      Preferred Stock, whichever is greater.
<PAGE>
                                                                              24

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                 The Securities

            SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial
Securities, the Private Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in
the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this
Indenture. The (a) Initial Securities and the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, and (b) Private Exchange Notes and the Trustee's certificate of
authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto,
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The
Exchange Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication, shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, which is hereby incorporated in
and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to
which the Company or any Note Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided
that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the
Company). Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The
Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons
and only in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

            The Initial Securities, the Private Exchange Notes and the Exchange
Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of the
Securities may vote or consent) as one class and shall be treated as a single
class of Securities issued under this Indenture.

            SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign
the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

            If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be
valid nevertheless.

            A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The
signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated
under this Indenture.

            The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery
Securities as set forth in the Appendix.

            The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably
acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities. Any such appointment
shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which
shall be furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the
Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the
Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the
same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and
demands.

            SECTION 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. (a) The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration
of transfer or for exchange (the "Registrar") and an office or agency where
Securities may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent"). The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The
Company may have one or more
<PAGE>
                                                                              25

co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Paying Agent"
includes any additional paying agent, and the term "Registrar" includes any
co-registrars. The Company initially appoints the Trustee as (i) Registrar and
Paying Agent in connection with the Securities and (ii) the Securities Custodian
with respect to the Global Securities.

            (b) The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement
with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall
incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions
of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the
Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to
maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be
entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The
Company or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act
as Paying Agent or Registrar.

            (c) The Company may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon
written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided,
however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) acceptance of an
appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into
by the Company and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be,
and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the
Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a
successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may
resign at any time upon written notice to the Company and the Trustee.

            SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due
date of the principal of and interest and liquidated damages (if any) on any
Security, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or
a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust
for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such
principal, interest and liquidated damages (if any) when so becoming due. The
Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in
writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or
the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of
and interest and liquidated damages (if any) on the Securities, and shall notify
the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the
Company or a Subsidiary of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate
the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The
Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to
the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon
complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability
for the money delivered to the Trustee.

            SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current
a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the
names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company
shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at
least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such
date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of
Holders.

            SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. The Securities shall be issued
in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a
Security for
<PAGE>
                                                                              26

registration of transfer and in compliance with the Appendix. When a Security is
presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar
shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met.
When Securities are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them
for an equal principal amount of Securities of other denominations, the
Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.
To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate Securities at the Registrar's request. The
Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or
other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant
to this Section. The Company shall not be required to make and the Registrar
need not register transfers or exchanges of Securities selected for redemption
(except, in the case of Securities to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof
not to be redeemed) or any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Securities to be redeemed.

            Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any
Security, the Company, the Note Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, and
the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Security is
registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving
payment of principal of and (subject to paragraph 2 of the Securities) interest,
if any, on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not
such Security is overdue, and none of the Company, any Note Guarantor, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent, or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the
contrary.

            Any Holder of a Global Security shall, by acceptance of such Global
Security, agree that transfers of beneficial interest in such Global Security
may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of
such Global Security (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest
in such Global Security, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such
Global Security shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

            All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the
terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to
the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such
transfer or exchange.

            The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine
or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this
Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest
in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depositary
Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Security) other
than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or
evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

            SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities. If a mutilated Security is
surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the
Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue
and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of
Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a)
satisfies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder
has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does
not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such
request to the Company or the Trustee prior to the Security
<PAGE>
                                                                              27

being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the
Uniform Commercial Code (a "protected purchaser") and (c) satisfies any other
reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the
Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment
of the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the
Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced.
The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in
replacing a Security. In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the
Company in its discretion may pay such Security instead of issuing a new
Security in replacement thereof.

            Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the
Company.

            The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude
(to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken
Securities.

            SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any
time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled
by it, those delivered to it for cancelation and those described in this Section
as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Security does not cease to be
outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the
Security.

            If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to
them that the replaced Security is held by a protected purchaser.

            If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance
with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to
pay all principal, interest and liquidated damages, if any, payable on that date
with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing,
as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such
money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then
on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be
outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

            SECTION 2.09. Temporary Securities. In the event that Definitive
Securities are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such
Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be
substantially in the form of Definitive Securities but may have variations that
the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable
delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive
Securities and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities upon surrender
of such temporary Securities at the office or agency of the Company, without
charge to the Holder.

            SECTION 2.10. Cancelation. The Company at any time may deliver
Securities to the Trustee for cancelation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent
shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration
of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all
Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancelation and shall dispose of canceled Securities in accordance with its
customary procedures or deliver canceled
<PAGE>
                                                                              28

Securities to the Company pursuant to written direction by an Officer. The
Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has redeemed, paid
or delivered to the Trustee for cancelation. The Trustee shall not authenticate
Securities in place of canceled Securities other than pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture.

            SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a
payment of interest on the Securities, the Company shall pay the defaulted
interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any
lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to
be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to
each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and
the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

            SECTION 2.12. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the
Securities may use "CUSIP" and "ISIN" numbers (if then generally in use) and, if
so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" and "ISIN" numbers in notices of redemption as
a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that
no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as
printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in the CUSIP number

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   Redemption

            SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem
Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, it shall notify the
Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal amount of Securities
to be redeemed.

            The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in
this Section at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee
consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers'
Certificate from the Company to the effect that such redemption will comply with
the conditions herein. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to
notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void
and of no effect.

            SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities To Be Redeemed. If fewer than
all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities
to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by a method that the Trustee in its sole
discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate. The Trustee shall make the
selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The
Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that
have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities and portions of them the
Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000.
Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also
apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify
the Company promptly of the method it has chosen for the selection of Securities
or portions of Securities to be called for redemption.
<PAGE>
                                                                              29

            SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. (a) At least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Securities, the Company shall
mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Securities to
be redeemed at such Holder's registered address.

            The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall
state:

            (i) the redemption date;

            (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest and
      liquidated damages (if any) to the redemption date;

            (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

            (iv) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to
      the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

            (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed,
      the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Securities
      to be redeemed;

            (vi) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption
      payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment
      pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or
      portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the
      redemption date;

            (vii) the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, printed on the Securities
      being redeemed; and

            (viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or
      accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or
      printed on the Securities.

            (b) At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. In such event,
the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this
Section.

            SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of
redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on
the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon
surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption
price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest and liquidated damages, if
any, to the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is
after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the
accrued interest and liquidated damages, if any, shall be payable to the Holder
of the redeemed Securities registered on the relevant record date. Failure to
give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the
validity of the notice to any other Holder.

            SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New
York City time, on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the
Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is the Paying
Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption
price of and accrued
<PAGE>
                                                                              30

interest and liquidated damages, if any, on all Securities or portions thereof
to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities
called for redemption that have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for
cancelation. Concurrently with such deposit, the Company shall deliver an
Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the
redemption complies with the conditions contained in this Indenture. On and
after the redemption date, interest and liquidated damages (if any) shall cease
to accrue on Securities or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the
Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the
principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any,
on, the Securities to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from
making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

            SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a
Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company's expense) a new Security
equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                    Covenants

            SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities. The Company shall promptly pay
the principal of and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the Securities
on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture.
Principal, interest and liquidated damages, if any, shall be considered paid on
the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance
with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due
and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from
paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture.

            The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate
borne by the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of
interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

            SECTION 4.02. SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not
be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, the Company shall file with the SEC (if permitted by SEC practice and
applicable law and regulations) and provide the Trustee and Holders and
prospective Holders (upon request) within 15 days after it files them with the
SEC (or if not permitted, within 15 days after it would have otherwise been
required to file them with the SEC), copies of the Company's annual report and
the information, documents and other reports that are specified in Sections 13
and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. In addition, following the existence of a Public
Market, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee and the Holders, promptly upon
their becoming available, copies of the annual report to shareholders and any
other information provided by the Company to its shareholders generally. The
Company also shall comply with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the
TIA.

            Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee
is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or
determinable from
<PAGE>
                                                                              31

information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively
on Officers' Certificates).

            SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or
indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if on the
date of such Incurrence and after giving effect thereto the Consolidated
Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00:1.00 if such Indebtedness is Incurred
on or prior to December 31, 2002 and 2.25:1.00 if such Indebtedness is Incurred
thereafter.

            (b) Notwithstanding Section 4.03(a), the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

            (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement in an
      aggregate principal amount not to exceed $580.0 million at any one time
      outstanding less the aggregate amount of all repayments of principal of
      such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06;

            (ii) Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by any Restricted
      Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and held by
      the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (1) any
      subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event
      that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted
      Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to
      the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to
      constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof, (2)
      if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is
      expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all
      obligations with respect to the Securities, (3) if a Restricted Subsidiary
      is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is made pursuant to
      an intercompany note and (4) if a Note Guarantor is the obligor on such
      Indebtedness and the Company is not the obligee, such Indebtedness is
      subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Note
      Guarantor;

            (iii) Indebtedness (1) represented by the 2000 Notes, the 2000 Note
      Guarantees, the Securities, the Note Guarantees, the Exchange Notes and
      the Exchange Note Guarantees, (2) outstanding on the 2000 Notes Closing
      Date (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) above)
      or incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) of the 2000 Notes Indenture prior
      to the Closing Date, (3) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred
      in respect of any Indebted ness described in this clause (iii) (including
      Refinancing Indebtedness) or Section 4.03(a) and (4) consisting of
      Guarantees of any Indebtedness otherwise permitted by the terms of this
      Indenture;

            (iv) (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(iv) of
      the 2000 Notes Indenture, (2) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary
      Incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted
      Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred
      as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or
      credit support utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of
      related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted
<PAGE>
                                                                              32

      Subsidiary became a Subsidiary of or was otherwise acquired by the
      Company) and (3) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted
      Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted
      Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (iv);

            (v) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (1) in
      respect of performance bonds, bankers' acceptances, letters of credit and
      surety or appeal bonds provided by the Company and the Restricted
      Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business, and (2) under
      Commodity Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements and Currency Agreements
      entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; provided,
      however, that such Interest Rate Agreements or Currency Agreements do not
      increase the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its
      Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding at any time other than as a result of
      fluctuations in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates or by
      reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

            (vi) (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(vi) of
      the 2000 Notes Indenture and (2) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease
      Obligations and Attributable Debt) Incurred by the Company or any of its
      Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of
      property (real or personal), equipment or other assets (in each case
      whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any
      Person owning such assets); provided that the aggregate principal amount
      of all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to subclauses (1) and (2) of this
      clause (vi) and all Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance
      or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to subclauses (1) and (2) of
      this clause (vi) at any time outstanding, does not exceed the greater of
      (x) 5.0% of Tangible Assets and (y) $30.0 million;

            (vii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other
      financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn
      against insufficient funds in the ordinary course, provided that such
      Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence;

            (viii) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
      arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
      providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
      obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the
      disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Company in
      accordance with the terms of the Indenture, other than Guarantees by the
      Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness Incurred by any
      Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a
      Subsidiary of the Company for the purpose of financing such acquisition;
      provided, however, that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all
      such Indebtedness shall not exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair
      market value as determined in good faith by a majority of the Board of
      Directors of noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash
      proceeds being measured at the time it is received and without giving
      effect to any subsequent changes in value), actually received by the
      Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such
      disposition;

            (ix) the Incurrence by a Securitization Entity of Indebtedness in a
      Qualified Securitization Transaction that is not recourse to the Company
      or any
<PAGE>
                                                                              33

      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (except for Standard Securitization
      Undertakings);

            (x) (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(x) of the
      2000 Notes Indenture and (2) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries;
      provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness incurred by
      such Foreign Subsidiaries under subclauses (1) and (2) of this clause (x)
      does not exceed at any one time an amount equal to the sum of (1) 80% of
      the consolidated book value of the accounts receivable of all Foreign
      Subsidiaries and (2) 60% of the consolidated book value of the inventory
      of all Foreign Subsidiaries;

            (xi) Indebtedness under any Domestic Overdraft Facility; or

            (xii) (1) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xii) of
      the 2000 Notes Indenture and (2) Indebtedness of the Company and its
      Restricted Subsidiaries (in addition to Indebtedness permitted to be
      Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or any other clause of this Section
      4.03(b)); provided that the aggregate principal amount on the date of
      Incurrence, when added to all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
      subclauses (1) and (2) of this clause (xii) and then outstanding, shall
      not exceed $20.0 million.

            (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not Incur any
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(b) above if the proceeds thereof are used,
directly or indirectly, to repay, prepay, redeem, defease, retire, refund or
refinance any Subordinated Obligations unless such Indebtedness shall be
subordinated to the Securities to at least the same extent as such Subordinated
Obligations. The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to Section
4.03(a) or 4.03(b) if such Indebtedness is subordinate or junior in right of
payment to any Senior Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to
Senior Subordinated Indebtedness. In addition, the Company shall not Incur any
Secured Indebtedness which is not Senior Indebtedness unless contemporaneously
therewith effective provision is made to secure the Securities equally and
ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated
in right of payment to the Securities) such Secured Indebtedness for so long as
such Secured Indebtedness is secured by a Lien, except for Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness and Subordinated Obligations secured by Liens on the assets of any
entity existing at the time such entity is acquired by, and becomes a Restricted
Subsidiary of, the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase of assets
or otherwise, provided that such Liens (x) are not created, incurred or assumed
in connection with, or in contemplation of such entity being acquired by the
Company and (y) do not extend to any other assets of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries. A Note Guarantor may not Incur any Indebtedness if such
Indebtedness is by its terms expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment
to any Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is
Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor or is expressly
subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such
Note Guarantor. In addition, a Note Guarantor shall not Incur any Secured
Indebtedness that is not Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor unless
contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Note
Guarantee of such Note Guarantor equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis
to, in the case of Indebtedness subordinated in right of payment to such Note
Guarantee) such Secured Indebtedness for as long as such Secured Indebtedness is
secured by a Lien, except for Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and Subordinated
<PAGE>
                                                                              34

Obligations of such Note Guarantor secured by Liens on the assets of any entity
existing at the time such entity is acquired by such Note Guarantor, whether by
merger, consolidation, purchase of assets or otherwise, provided that such Liens
(x) are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with or in contemplation
of such assets being acquired by such Note Guarantor and (y) do not extend to
any other assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

            (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the
maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may
Incur pursuant to this Section shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a
result of fluctuations in the exchange rates of currencies. For purposes of
determining the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.03, (i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to
the Credit Agreement prior to or on the 2000 Notes Closing Date shall be treated
as Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i), (ii) Guarantees of, or obligations
in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which is otherwise
included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not
be included, (iii) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred
pursuant to the Credit Agreement and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(b)(i) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then
such other Indebtedness shall not be included, (iv) the principal amount of any
Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock
of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor will be equal to the
greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including,
in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the maximum liquidation
preference, (v) the principal amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
that is not a Note Guarantor issued at a price less than the principal amount
thereof, the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price thereof or liquidation
preference thereof, as applicable, will be equal to the amount of the liability
or obligation in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, (vi) if
such Indebtedness is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the U.S.
dollar equivalent principal amount thereof shall be calculated based on the
relevant currency exchange rates in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
Incurred, (vii) the accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of
accreted value, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness
and the payment of dividends or distributions in the form of additional Capital
Stock shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this
Section 4.03, (viii) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.03 need not be
permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but
may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other
provisions of this Section permitting such Indebtedness, and (ix) in the event
that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of
Indebtedness described in this Section 4.03 (including references to
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to certain sections of the 2000 Notes Indenture),
the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify (or later reclassify) such
Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount of such Indebtedness in
one of such clauses.

            SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or
indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution of any
kind on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in connection
with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or similar payment to
the holders (solely in their capacities as such) of its Capital Stock except
dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital
<PAGE>
                                                                              35

Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and except dividends or distributions
payable to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted
Subsidiary has shareholders other than the Company or other Restricted
Subsidiaries, to its other shareholders on a pro rata basis), (ii) purchase,
redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary held by Persons other than the Company or another
Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise
acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or
scheduled sinking fund payment any Subordinated Obligations (other than (1) the
purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations purchased
in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment
or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition
and (2) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(ii)) or (iv) make any
Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend,
distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition,
retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a "Restricted Payment") if
at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted
Payment:

            (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result
      therefrom);

            (2) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional
      Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); or

            (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other
      Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be
      determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination
      shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of
      Directors) declared or made subsequent to the 2000 Notes Closing Date
      would exceed the sum, without duplication, of:

                  (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the
            period (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the
            fiscal quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter during which
            the 2000 Notes Closing Date occurred to the end of the most recent
            fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment
            for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are
            publicly available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall
            be a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit);

                  (B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds (other than in
            respect of an Excluded Contribution) received by the Company (x) as
            capital contributions to the Company after the 2000 Notes Closing
            Date or (y) from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other than
            Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the 2000 Notes Closing Date (other
            than a capital contribution from or an issuance or sale to (a) a
            Subsidiary of the Company or (b) an employee equity ownership or
            participation plan or other trust established by the Company or any
            of its Subsidiaries);

                  (C) 100% of the fair market value (as determined in good faith
            by the Board of Directors of the Company) of shares of Qualified
            Stock of the
<PAGE>
                                                                              36

            Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the 2000 Notes
            Closing Date to acquire assets from a third party;

                  (D) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its
            Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company's balance sheet
            upon the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary of the
            Company) subsequent to the 2000 Notes Closing Date of any
            Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries issued
            after the 2000 Notes Closing Date which is convertible or
            exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of
            the Company (less the amount of any cash or the fair market value of
            other property distributed by the Company or any Restricted
            Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange);

                  (E) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Company or
            any Restricted Subsidiary in cash from the sale or other disposition
            (other than to (x) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or (y)
            an employee equity ownership or participation plan or other trust
            established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Restricted
            Investments made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after
            the 2000 Notes Closing Date and from repurchases and redemptions of
            such Restricted Investments from the Company or any Restricted
            Subsidiary by any Person (other than (x) the Company or any of its
            Subsidiaries or (y) an employee equity ownership or participation
            plan or other trust established by the Company or any of its
            Restricted Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances
            which constituted Restricted Investments;

                  (F) the amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in
            Unrestricted Subsidiaries since the 2000 Notes Closing Date,
            resulting from (x) payments of dividends, repayments of the
            principal of loans or advances or other transfers of assets to the
            Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from Unrestricted Subsidiaries
            or (y) the redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as Restricted
            Subsidiaries (valued in each case as provided in the definition of
            "Investment") not to exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted
            Subsidiary, the amount of Investments previously made by the Company
            or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, which
            amount was included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
            Payments; and

                  (G) $5.0 million.

            (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit:

            (i) any purchase, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or
      retirement for value of, or other distribution in respect of, Capital
      Stock of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
      substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company or capital
      contributions to the Company after the 2000 Notes Closing Date (other than
      Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to, or
      capital contribution from, a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee
      equity ownership or participation plan or other trust established by the
      Company or any of its Subsidiaries); provided, however, that (1) such
      Restricted Payment shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
<PAGE>
                                                                              37

      Restricted Payments and (2) the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale or
      capital contribution applied in the manner set forth in this clause (i)
      shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under Section
      4.04(a)(iv)(3)(B);

            (ii) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
      acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations of the
      Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for, or out of the
      proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, (x) Capital Stock of the
      Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (y) Subordinated Obligations of the
      Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that are permitted to be Incurred
      pursuant to Section 4.03; provided, however, that such purchase,
      repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for
      value shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
      Payments;

            (iii) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations from
      Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by Section 4.06; provided,
      however, that such purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the
      calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

      (iv) Investments that are made with Excluded Contributions; provided,
however, that such Investments shall be excluded in the calculation of the
amount of Restricted Payments;

      (v) dividends or other distributions paid to holders of, or redemptions
from holders of, Capital Stock within 60 days after the date of declaration
thereof, or the giving of formal notice of redemption, if at such date of
declaration such dividends or other distributions or redemptions would have
complied with this Section 4.04(a); provided, however, that such dividend,
distribution or redemption shall be included in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted Payments;

      (vi) any repurchase of Capital Stock owned by former officers, directors,
consultants or employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or their assigns,
estates and heirs or entities controlled by them; provided, however, that the
amount of such repurchases since the 2000 Notes Closing Date shall not, in the
aggregate, exceed the sum of (1) $10.0 million (which amount shall be increased
by the amount of any Net Cash Proceeds to the Company from (A) sales of Capital
Stock of the Company to management, other employees or Permitted Holders
subsequent to the 2000 Notes Closing Date to the extent such amounts are not
included under Section 4.04(a)(iv)(3)(B) and (B) any "key-man" life insurance
policies which are used to make such repurchases) and (2) $2.0 million per
fiscal year of the Company commencing with fiscal year 2000 (which amount may be
used in a subsequent fiscal year to the extent not used during a fiscal year);
provided further, however, that the cancelation of Indebtedness owing to the
Company from such former officers, directors, consultants or employees of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of
Capital Stock of the Company shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted
Payment under the Indenture; provided further, however, that such repurchase
shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

      (vii) any of the transactions pursuant to the Recapitalization Agreement;
provided, however, that such amounts shall be excluded in the calculations of
the amount of Restricted Payments;
<PAGE>
                                                                              38

      (viii) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of
stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock
represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; provided, however, that such
repurchases shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
Payments; or

      (ix) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, payments not to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate since the 2000
Notes Closing Date to enable the Company to make payments to holders of its
Capital Stock in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of its Capital Stock;
provided, however, that such payments shall be excluded in the calculation of
the amount of Restricted Payments.

            SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from
Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on
its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood that the
priority of any preferred stock in receiving dividends or liquidating
distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on
common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make
distributions on Capital Stock), (b) make any loans or advances to the Company
(it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the
Company to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company shall not be deemed a
restriction on the ability to make loans or advances) or (c) transfer any of its
property or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except:

            (i) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law or any
      applicable rule, regulation or order, or an agreement in effect at or
      entered into on the 2000 Notes Closing Date (including the Credit
      Agreement);

            (ii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted
      Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relating to any Capital Stock or
      Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary, in each case Incurred by such
      Restricted Subsidiary prior to the date on which such Restricted
      Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Capital Stock or
      Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to
      provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to
      consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to
      which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was
      otherwise acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date;

            (iii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement
      effecting a Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement
      referred to in clause (c)(i) or (c)(ii) of this Section 4.05 or this
      clause (iii) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in
      clause (c)(i) or (c)(ii) of this Section 4.05 or this clause (c)(iii);
      provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any
      such Refinancing agreement or amendment are no more restrictive, taken as
      a whole, than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such
      predecessor agreements;

            (iv) in the case of clause (c), any encumbrance or restriction (1)
      that restricts in a customary manner the assignment of any lease, license
      or similar
<PAGE>
                                                                              39

      contract or the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or
      asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, (2) that is
      or was created by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer or
      option or right with respect to any property or assets of the Company or
      any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (3)
      contained in security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted
      Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction restricts the
      transfer of the property subject to such security agreements, or (4)
      encumbrances or restrictions relating to Indebtedness permitted to be
      Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(vi) for property acquired in the
      ordinary course of business that only imposes encumbrances or restrictions
      on the property so acquired (it being agreed that any such encumbrance or
      restriction may also secure other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by
      the Company and provided by the same financing source providing the
      Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(vi));

            (v) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary, any restriction imposed
      pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all
      or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted
      Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

            (vi) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other
      similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

            (vii) Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a
      Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified Securitization
      Transaction; provided, that such restrictions apply only to such
      Securitization Entity;

            (viii) net worth provisions in leases and other agreements entered
      into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
      business; and

            (ix) any agreement or instrument governing Indebtedness (whether or
      not outstanding) of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company permitted to be
      Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or Section 4.03(b)(x).

            SECTION 4.06. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to,
make any Asset Disposition unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person
assuming sole responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at
the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of
the Capital Stock and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, (ii) at least
75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary is in the form of (1) cash or Temporary Cash Investments, (2)
properties and assets to be owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
and used in a Permitted Business or (3) Capital Stock in one or more Persons
engaged in a Permitted Business that are or thereby become Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company, and (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net
Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be):

            (1) first, (i) to the extent the Company elects (or is required by
      the terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase (x)
      Bank Indebtedness or
<PAGE>
                                                                              40

      (y) other Senior Indebtedness of the Company or Indebtedness (other than
      any Disqualified Stock) of a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of clause
      (y), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the
      Company and other than Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is
      not a Note Guarantor) or (ii) to the extent the Company or such Restricted
      Subsidiary elects, to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of
      an Investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net
      Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or
      the application by the Company of the Net Available Cash received by a
      Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), in each case within 365 days (or,
      in the case of Foreign Subsidiary Asset Dispositions, 545 days) from the
      later of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash;
      provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available
      Cash, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce
      Indebtedness or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not
      prohibited by this Indenture;

            (2) second, within 365 days from the later of such Asset Disposition
      or the receipt of such Net Available Cash (or, in the case of Foreign
      Subsidiary Asset Dispositions, 545 days), to the extent of the balance of
      such Net Available Cash after such application in accordance with clause
      (1), to make an Offer (as defined below) to purchase Securities pursuant
      to and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.06(b); provided,
      however, that if the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any
      Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, including the 2000 Notes Indenture),
      such Offer may be made ratably to purchase the Securities, the 2000 Notes
      and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; and

            (3) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash
      after application in accordance with clauses (1) (other than the proviso
      thereof) and (2) for any general corporate purpose not restricted by the
      terms of this Indenture;

provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase
of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above, the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary shall retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related
loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the
principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.

            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.06, the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net
Available Cash in accordance with this Section 4.06(a) except to the extent that
the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions since the 2000
Notes Closing Date that is not applied in accordance with this Section 4.06(a)
or Section 4.06(a) of the 2000 Notes Indenture exceeds $10.0 million since the
2000 Notes Closing Date.

            For the purposes of this Section 4.06, the following are deemed to
be cash: (A) the assumption of any liabilities of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release
of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such
liabilities in connection with such Asset Disposition and (B) securities
received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that
are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash.
<PAGE>
                                                                              41

            (b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase
of Securities (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to Section
4.06(a)(iii)(2), the Company shall be required to purchase Securities (and other
Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company
for the Securities (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) (the "Offer") at
a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid
interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant interest payment date) in accordance with the procedures
(including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section
4.06(c). If the aggregate purchase price of Securities (and other Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than the Net
Available Cash allotted to the purchase of the Securities (and other Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness), the Company shall apply the remaining Net Available
Cash for any general corporate purpose not restricted by the terms of the
Indenture. The Company shall not be required to make an Offer for Securities
(and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to this Section 4.06 if
the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as
provided in clause (1) of Section 4.06(a)(iii)) is less than $10.0 million for
any particular Asset Disposition since the 2000 Notes Closing Date (which lesser
amount shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is
required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset
Disposition). Upon completion of the Offer, the amount of Net Available Cash
shall be reduced to zero.

            (c) (i) Promptly, and in any event within 10 days after the Company
becomes obligated to make an Offer, the Company shall be obligated to deliver to
the Trustee and send, by first-class mail to each Holder, a written notice
stating that the Holder may elect to have his Securities purchased by the
Company either in whole or in part (subject to prorating as hereinafter
described in the event the Offer is oversubscribed) in integral multiples of
$1,000 of principal amount, at the applicable purchase price. The notice shall
specify a purchase date not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days after the
date of such notice (the "Purchase Date") and shall contain such information
concerning the business of the Company which the Company in good faith believes
will enable such Holders to make an informed decision (which at a minimum shall
include (1) the most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K (including
audited consolidated financial statements) of the Company, the most recent
subsequently filed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and any Current Report on Form
8-K of the Company filed subsequent to such Quarterly Report, other than Current
Reports describing Asset Dispositions otherwise described in the offering
materials (or corresponding successor reports), (2) a description of material
developments in the Company's business subsequent to the date of the latest of
such reports, and (3) if material, appropriate pro forma financial information)
and all instructions and materials necessary to tender Securities pursuant to
the Offer, together with the address referred to in clause (c) (iii).

            (ii) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Offer
is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate as to (1) the amount of the Offer (the "Offer
Amount"), (2) the allocation of the Net Available Cash from the Asset
Dispositions pursuant to which such Offer is being made and (3) the compliance
of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(a). By no later than
11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Purchase Date, the Company shall
irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Company
is acting as its own paying agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal
<PAGE>
                                                                              42

to the Offer Amount or, if less, the purchase price of Securities (and other
Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) tendered and accepted for payment in the
Offer. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Offer remains open (the
"Offer Period"), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee for cancelation the
Securities or portions thereof that have been properly tendered to and are to be
accepted by the Company. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee)
shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder
in the amount of the purchase price.

            (iii) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be
required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to
the Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days
prior to the Purchase Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election
if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to
the Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was
delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Security purchased. If at the expiration
of the Offer Period the aggregate principal amount of Securities and any other
Senior Subordinated Indebtedness included in the Offer surrendered by holders
thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Securities and
other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with
such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only
Securities and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness in denominations of
$1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased). Holders whose
Securities are purchased only in part will be issued new Securities equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

            (iv) At the time the Company delivers Securities to the Trustee
which are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an
Officers' Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the
Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section. A Security
shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee,
directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the
surrendering Holder.

            (v) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this
Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with provisions of this Section, the Company shall comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.

            SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly
or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including, the purchase,
sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with
any Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction") unless such Affiliate
Transaction is on terms (i) that are no less favorable to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be obtained at
the time of such transaction in arm's-length dealings with a Person who is not
such an Affiliate, (ii) that, in the event that such Affiliate Transaction
involves an aggregate amount in excess of $5.0 million, (1) are set forth in
writing and (2) except as provided in Section 4.07(a)(iii), have been approved
by
<PAGE>
                                                                              43

a majority of the members of the Board of Directors having no personal stake in
such Affiliate Transaction (if any such members exist) and (iii) that, in the
event (1) such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of $10.0
million, or (2) if there are no members of the Board of Directors having no
personal stake in such Affiliate Transaction and such Affiliate Transaction
involves an aggregate amount in excess of $5.0 million, have been determined by
a nationally recognized appraisal, accounting or investment banking firm to be
fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries.

            (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not prohibit (i) any
Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to Section 4.04, (ii) any
issuance of securities, or other payments awards or grants in cash, securities
or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, options to
purchase Capital Stock of the Company and equity ownership, restricted stock
plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation
plans or similar employee benefits plans approved by the Board of Directors,
(iii) the grant of options (and the exercise thereof) to purchase Capital Stock
of the Company or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company
pursuant to plans approved by the Board of Directors, (iv) loans or advances to
officers, directors or employees in the ordinary course of business, but in any
event not to exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time,
(v) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company and its
Subsidiaries who are not employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries and other
reasonable fees, compensation, benefits and indemnities paid or entered into by
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to
or with the officers, directors or employees of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, (vi) any transaction between the Company and a Restricted
Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries, (vii) the provision by Persons
who may be deemed Affiliates or stockholders of the Company (other than J.P.
Morgan Partners, LLC and Persons directly or indirectly controlled by J.P.
Morgan Partners, LLC) of investment banking, commercial banking, trust, lending
or financing, investment, underwriting, placement agent, financial advisory or
similar services to the Company or its Subsidiaries performed after the 2000
Notes Closing Date, (viii) sales of Capital Stock to Permitted Holders approved
by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who do not have a
material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to the
transaction being considered, or (ix) the existence or performance by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under any agreement as in effect as of the
2000 Notes Closing Date (including the Recapitalization Agreement and the
agreements to be entered into pursuant thereto or any amendment thereto) or
replacement agreement therefor or any transaction contemplated thereby
(including pursuant to any amendment thereto or replacement agreement therefor)
so long as such amendment or replacement is not more disadvantageous to the
Holders of the Securities in any material respect than the original agreement as
in effect on the 2000 Notes Closing Date.

            SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. (a) Upon a Change of Control, each
Holder shall have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or any
part of such Holder's Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of
the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated
damages, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest and liquidated damages,
if any, due on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the terms
contemplated in Section 4.08(b); provided, however, that notwithstanding the
occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company shall not be obligated to
repurchase the Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that it has
<PAGE>
                                                                              44

exercised its right to redeem all the Securities under paragraph 5 of the
Securities. In the event that at the time of such Change of Control the terms of
any agreement governing Bank Indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries
restrict or prohibit the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08,
then prior to the mailing of the notice to Holders provided for in Section
4.08(b) below but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control,
the Company shall (i) repay in full all such Bank Indebtedness or offer to repay
in full all such Bank Indebtedness and repay the Bank Indebtedness of each
lender who has accepted such offer or (ii) obtain the requisite consent of the
lenders under such agreements to permit the repurchase of the Securities as
provided for in Section 4.08(b).

            (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control (except as
provided in the proviso to the first sentence of Section 4.08(a)), the Company
shall mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the "Change of
Control Offer") stating:

            (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has
      the right to require the Company to purchase all or a portion (in integral
      multiples of $1,000) of such Holder's Securities at a purchase price in
      cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
      unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of repurchase
      (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
      receive interest and liquidated damages, if any, due on the relevant
      interest payment date);

            (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information
      regarding such Change of Control;

            (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days
      nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

            (iv) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with
      this Section, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities
      purchased.

            (c) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be required
to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the
Company at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days
prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election
if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to
the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting
forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was
delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is
withdrawing his election to have such Security purchased. Holders whose
Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued new Securities equal in
principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

            (d) On the purchase date, all Securities purchased by the Company
under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancelation, and the
Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest and
liquidated damages, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto.

            (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the
Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the
times and
<PAGE>
                                                                              45

otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(b)
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all
Securities validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control
Offer.

            (f) At the time the Company delivers Securities to the Trustee which
are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver an Officers'
Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the Company
pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Security
shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee,
directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the
surrendering Holder.

            (g) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Company shall deliver
to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent
contained herein to the right of the Company to make such offer have been
complied with.

            (h) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to this
Section. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with provisions of this Section, the Company shall comply with the
applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations under this Section by virtue thereof.

            SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall deliver to
the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company an
Officers' Certificate (which certificate may be the same certificate required by
TIA Section 314(a)(4)) stating that in the course of the performance by the
signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally have
knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that
occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall describe the
Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take
with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4).

            SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the
Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do
such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

            SECTION 4.11. Future Note Guarantors. The Company shall cause each
Domestic Subsidiary and any other Restricted Subsidiary that guarantees any
Senior Indebtedness (other than a Foreign Subsidiary that guarantees Senior
Indebtedness Incurred by another Foreign Subsidiary) to become a Note Guarantor,
and, if applicable, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture
substantially in the form of Exhibit C pursuant to which such Domestic or other
Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee payment of the Securities.

            SECTION 4.12. Limitation on Lines of Business. The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business,
other than a Permitted Business, except that the Company and any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries may engage in a new business so long as the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, remain substantially engaged in a
Permitted Business.
<PAGE>
                                                                              46

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                Successor Company

            SECTION 5.01. (a) When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. The
Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or
lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

            (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "Successor
      Company") shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of
      the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of
      Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly
      assume, by a supplemental indenture hereto, executed and delivered to the
      Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the
      Company under the Securities and this Indenture;

            (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and
      treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor
      Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as
      having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted
      Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have
      occurred and be continuing;

            (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the
      Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of
      Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.03(a); and

            (iv) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
      Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
      consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any)
      comply with this Indenture.

            The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and
may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but the
predecessor Company in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease of all or
substantially all its assets shall not be released from the obligation to pay
the principal of and interest on the Securities.

            (b) The Company shall not permit any Note Guarantor to consolidate
with or merge with or into any Person unless:

            (i) (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person will be a
      corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and
      existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof
      or the District of Columbia, and such Person (if not such Note Guarantor)
      shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and
      delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the
      obligations of such Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee; (2)
      immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any
      Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the resulting, surviving or
      transferee Person or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such
      transaction as having been Incurred by such Person or such Restricted
      Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have
      occurred and be continuing; and (3) the
<PAGE>
                                                                              47

      Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and
      an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or
      transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this
      Indenture; or

            (ii) such transaction results in the Company receiving cash or other
      property (other than Capital Stock representing a controlling interest in
      the successor entity), and the transaction is made in compliance with
      Section 4.06.

            (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may
consolidate with, merge into or transfer or lease all or part of its properties
and assets to the Company or a Subsidiary that is a Note Guarantor and (ii) the
Company may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for (1) the purpose of
incorporating the Company or (2) organizing the Company in another jurisdiction
to realize tax or other benefits.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                              Defaults and Remedies

            SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An "Event of Default" occurs if:

            (a) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Security
      or in any payment of liquidated damages, in each case, when the same
      becomes due and payable, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited
      by Article 10, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

            (b) the Company (i) defaults in the payment of the principal of any
      Security when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity,
      upon required redemption or repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise,
      whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 or (ii)
      fails to redeem or purchase Securities when required pursuant to this
      Indenture or the Securities, whether or not such redemption or purchase
      shall be prohibited by Article 10;

            (c) the Company or any Note Guarantor fails to comply with Section
      5.01;

            (d) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with
      Section 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11 or 4.12 (other than
      a failure to purchase Securities when required under Section 4.06 or 4.08)
      and such failure continues for 45 days after the written notice specified
      below;

            (e) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary fails to comply with
      any of its agreements in the Securities or this Indenture (other than
      those referred to in (a), (b), (c) or (d) above) and such failure
      continues for 60 days after the written notice specified below;

            (f) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any
      Restricted Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after
      final maturity or the acceleration by the holders thereof because of a
      default and the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or
      accelerated exceeds $10.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent at
      the time and such failure continues for 30 days after the written notice
      specified below;
<PAGE>
                                                                              48

            (g) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within
      the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

                  (i) commences a voluntary case;

                  (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it
            in an involuntary case;

                  (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for
            any substantial part of its property; or

                  (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
            creditors;

      or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to
      insolvency;

            (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree
      under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                  (i) is for relief against the Company or any Significant
            Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

                  (ii) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant
            Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

                  (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or
            any Significant Subsidiary;

      or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or
      decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

            (i) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of
      $10.0 million (net of any amounts with respect to which a reputable and
      creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability in writing) or
      its foreign currency equivalent against the Company or a Restricted
      Subsidiary if such judgment or decree becomes final and nonappealable and
      remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following such judgment and is
      not discharged, waived or the execution thereof stayed; or

            (j) any Note Guarantee of a Material Subsidiary ceases to be in full
      force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof) or any Note
      Guarantor or Person acting by or on behalf of such Note Guarantor denies
      or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or any Note Guarantee
      and such Default continues for 10 days after the written notice specified
      below.

            The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason
for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is
effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any
court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental
body.

            The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code, or any
similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term "Custodian"
means any
<PAGE>
                                                                              49

receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official
under any Bankruptcy Law.

            A Default under clause (d), (e), (f) or (j) above is not an Event of
Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the outstanding Securities notify the Company of the Default and the Company or
the Note Guarantor, as applicable, does not cure such Default within the time
specified after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default,
demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a "Notice of Default".

            The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the
occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate of
any event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both
would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is
taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

            SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the
Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Securities by written notice (specifying the
Event of Default and stating that the notice is a "notice of acceleration") to
the Company may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest and
liquidated damages on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such a
declaration, such principal and interest and liquidated damages shall be due and
payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h)
with respect to the Company occurs, the principal of and interest and liquidated
damages on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities by
notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the
rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing
Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or
interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission
shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

            SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment
of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of
any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

            The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess
any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy
accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is
exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

            SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Trustee may waive an
existing Default and its consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the
principal of or interest on a Security, (b) a Default arising from the failure
to redeem or purchase any Security when required pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture or (c) a Default in respect of a provision
<PAGE>
                                                                              50

that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder
affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right.

            SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or,
subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to
the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability;
provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by
the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any
action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory
to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or
not taking such action.

            SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. (a) Except to enforce the right
to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no
Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities
unless:

            (i) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an
      Event of Default is continuing;

            (ii) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
      Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

            (iii) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable
      security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss,
      liability or expense;

            (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days
      after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

            (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities
      do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during
      such 60-day period.

            (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

            SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal of and liquidated damages and interest on the Securities
held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided
for in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment
on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the
consent of such Holder.

            SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company or any other obligor on the Securities for the whole amount then due and
owing (together with
<PAGE>
                                                                              51

interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest
at the rate provided for in the Securities) and the amounts provided for in
Section 7.07.

            SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file
such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or
advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in
any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, any Subsidiary or Note
Guarantor, their creditors or their property and, unless prohibited by law or
applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a
trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any
Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to
make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to
the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due
the Trustee under Section 7.07.

            SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or
property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in
the following order:

            FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

            SECOND: to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to the
      extent required by Article 10 and to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the
      Note Guarantors to the extent required by Article 12;

            THIRD: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for
      principal and interest, ratably, and any liquidated damages without
      preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
      payable on the Securities for principal, interest and any liquidated
      damages and interest, respectively; and

            FOURTH: to the Company.

            The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment
to Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date,
the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Company a notice that states the
record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

            SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement
of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee
for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may
require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay
the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party
litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by
Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities.

            SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Company
nor any Note Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall at any time
insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force,
<PAGE>
                                                                              52

which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each Note Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not
hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though
no such law had been enacted.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                     Trustee

            SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in
their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances
in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

            (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

            (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
      duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
      covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
      Trustee; and

            (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
      conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
      of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished
      to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.
      However, with respect to any certificate or opinions required to be
      furnished to it hereunder, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and
      opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of
      this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
      mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

            (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct,
except that:

            (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
      this Section;

            (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made
      in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was
      negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

            (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
      takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
      received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

            (iv) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
      expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
      performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of
      its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that
      repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
      liability is not reasonably assured to it.
<PAGE>
                                                                              53

            (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

            (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

            (f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law.

            (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

            SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may conclusively
rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

            (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require
an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the
Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

            (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible
for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

            (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or
powers; provided, however, that the Trustee's conduct does not constitute wilful
misconduct or negligence.

            (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the
advice or opinion of such counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this
Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and
protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by
it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such
counsel.

            (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into
the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond,
debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so
by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities
at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit,
and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises
of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the Company's expense and
shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such
inquiry or investigation.

            (g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits
given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each
of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person
employed to act hereunder.
<PAGE>
                                                                              54

            (h) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate
setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at
such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers'
Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers'
Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any certificate
previously delivered and not superseded.

            (i) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have
offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against
the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance
with such request or direction.

            SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities
and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights
it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the
same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and
7.11.

            SECTION 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture, any Note Guarantee or the Securities, it shall not be
accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it
shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company or any Note Guarantor
in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the
Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee's certificate of
authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default
or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(c), (d), (e), (f), (i) or (j) or of the
identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall
have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received notice
thereof in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Company, any Note
Guarantor or any Holder at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, such
notice referencing the Securities and this Indenture.

            SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is
continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each
Holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30
days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer. Except in the case of a
Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security (including
payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Security, if
any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its
Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the
interests of Holders.

            SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as
practicable after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of
this Indenture, and in any event prior to July 15 in each year, the Trustee
shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies
with TIA Section 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall
also comply with TIA Section 313(b) and 313(c).

            A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be
filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are
listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the
Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.
<PAGE>
                                                                              55

            SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to
the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services as shall
be agreed to in writing from time to time by the Company and the Trustee. The
Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon
request for all reasonable out-of- pocket expenses incurred or made by it,
including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services.
Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and
experts. The Company and each Note Guarantor, jointly and severally, shall
indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee against any and all loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees),
including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the
income of the Trustee), incurred by or in connection with the administration of
this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify
the Company of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining
actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the
Company shall not relieve the Company or any Note Guarantor of its indemnity
obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the indemnified
party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company's expense in the
defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Company and
the Note Guarantors, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such
counsel; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay such
fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties' defense and, in such
indemnified parties' reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest
between the Company and the Note Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in
connection with such defense. The Company need not reimburse any expense or
indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified
party through such party's own wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

            To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section, the
Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held
or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay
principal of and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on particular
Securities.

            The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall
survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or
termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or
removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the
Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the
occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the
Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration
under the Bankruptcy Law.

            SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may resign at
any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and
may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

            (i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

            (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
<PAGE>
                                                                              56

            (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee
      or its property; or

            (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

            (b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do
not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred
to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee.

            (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property
held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for
in Section 7.07.

            (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after
the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders
of 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition, at the expense of the
Company, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee at the expense of the Company.

            (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the
Trustee's duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA Section 310(b), any Holder
who has been a bona fide holder of a Security for at least six months may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

            (f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the
benefit of the retiring Trustee.

            SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any
further act shall be the successor Trustee.

            In case at the time such successor or successors by merger,
conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created
by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not
delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have
been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such
Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the
full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided
that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
<PAGE>
                                                                              57

            SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at
all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee shall have
a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most
recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA
Section 310(b); subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign
under the penultimate paragraph of TIA Section 310(b); provided, however, that
there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any
indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest
or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the
requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

            SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company.
The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                       Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

            SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance. (a)
When (i) all outstanding Securities (other than Securities replaced or paid
pursuant to Section 2.07) have been canceled or delivered to the Trustee for
cancelation or (ii) all outstanding Securities have become due and payable,
whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption
pursuant to Article 3 hereof, and the Company irrevocably deposits with the
Trustee funds in an amount sufficient or U.S. Government Obligations, the
principal of and interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof
sufficient, in the written opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall
only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), to pay
the principal of, premium (if any) and interest and liquidated damages, if any,
on the outstanding Securities when due at maturity or upon redemption of,
including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date (other than
Securities replaced or paid pursuant to Section 2.07) and liquidated damages, if
any, and if in the case of both clause (i) and (ii) the Company pays all other
sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this Indenture shall, subject to
Section 8.01(c), cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company
accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the
cost and expense of the Company.

            (b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any time
may terminate (i) all of its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture
("legal defeasance option") or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03,
4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11 and 4.12 and the operation of Section
5.01(a)(iii), 6.01(d), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries of the Company only), 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries of the Company only) 6.01(i) and 6.01(j) ("covenant defeasance
option"). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding
its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the
Company terminates all of its obligations under the Securities and this
Indenture by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance
option, the obligations under the Note Guarantees shall each be terminated
simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.
<PAGE>
                                                                              58

            If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the
Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Company
exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Securities may not be
accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d),
6.01(f), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(h) (with
respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(i) or 6.01(j) or because of the
failure of the Company to comply with Section 5.01(a)(iii).

            Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon
request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge
of those obligations that the Company terminates.

            (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company's
obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.07, 7.08 and in
this Article 8 shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full.
Thereafter, the Company's obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04, 8.05 and 8.06
shall survive.

            SECTION 8.02. (a) Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise
its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

            (i) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money
      in an amount sufficient or U.S. Government Obligations, the principal of
      and interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof
      sufficient, to pay the principal of, premium (if any) and interest, on the
      Securities when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be,
      including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date and
      liquidated damages (if any);

            (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a
      nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their
      opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without
      reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any
      deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in
      such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any,
      interest and liquidated damages, if any, when due on all the Securities to
      maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

            (iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day
      period no Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the
      Company occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;

            (iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other
      agreement binding on the Company and is not prohibited by Article 10;

            (v) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
      effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or
      is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment
      Company Act of 1940;

            (vi) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall
      have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the
      Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
      Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there
      has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case
      to the effect that, and based
<PAGE>
                                                                              59

      thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not
      recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result
      of such deposit and legal defeasance and will be subject to Federal income
      tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would
      have been the case if such deposit and legal defeasance had not occurred;

            (vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company
      shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect
      that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal
      income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance
      and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
      manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit
      and covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

            (viii) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
      and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to
      the defeasance and discharge of the Securities as contemplated by this
      Article 8 have been complied with.

            (b) Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date in
accordance with Article 3.

            (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required
by clause (vi) above need not be delivered if all Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancelation have become due and payable.

            SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in
trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this
Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government
Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to
the payment of principal of and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the
Securities. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to Article 10
or 12.

            SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the Paying Agent
shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any money or U.S.
Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the
written opinion of nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S.
Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount
thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent
discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article.

            Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and
the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by
them for the payment of principal, interest or liquidated damages (if any) that
remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the money
must look to the Company for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and
the Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies.

            SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Company
shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on
<PAGE>
                                                                              60

or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and
interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

            SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is
unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this
Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations under this
Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the
Company has made any payment of principal of or interest or liquidated damages
on, any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company
shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive
such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee
or Paying Agent.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                   Amendments

            SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company, the Note
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without
notice to or consent of any Holder:

            (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

            (ii) to comply with Article 5;

            (iii) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in
      place of certificated Securities; provided, however, that the
      uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of
      Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated
      Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

            (iv) to make any change in Article 10 or Article 12 that would limit
      or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness
      of the Company or a Note Guarantor (or Representatives thereof) under
      Article 10 or Article 12, respectively;

            (v) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Securities or
      to secure the Securities;

            (vi) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
      Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
      Company;

            (vii) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with
      qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the
      TIA;

            (viii) to make any change that does not materially and adversely
      affect the rights of any Holder under the provisions of this Indenture; or
<PAGE>
                                                                              61

            (ix) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Private
      Exchange Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all
      material respects to the Initial Securities (except that the transfer
      restrictions and liquidated damages provisions contained in the Initial
      Securities shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), and which
      shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Securities, as a
      single issue of securities.

            After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The
failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not
impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

            SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. (a) The Company, the Note
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without
notice to any Holder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding (including
consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for the
Securities) and compliance with any provisions of this Indenture may be waived
with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal
amount of the Securities then outstanding (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Securities). However,
without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not:

            (i) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an
      amendment;

            (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest
      or any liquidated damages on any Security;

            (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any
      Security;

            (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Security
      or change the time at which any Security may be redeemed in accordance
      with Article 3;

            (v) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the
      Security;

            (vi) make any change in Article 10 or Article 12 that adversely
      affects the rights of any Holder under Article 10 or Article 12;

            (vii) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the second sentence
      of this Section 9.02; or

            (viii) modify the Note Guarantees in any manner adverse to the
      Holders.

            It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it
shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

            After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The
failure
<PAGE>
                                                                              62

to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or
affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

            SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment
to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

            SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. (a) A
consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the
Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security
that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if
notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such
Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder's
Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of
revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers'
Certificate from the Company certifying that the requisite number of consents
have been received. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall
bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt
by the Company or the Trustee of the requisite number of consents, (ii)
satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and
any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and (iii)
execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Company
and the Trustee.

            (b) The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record
date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent
or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken
pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the
immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record
date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be
entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to
take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after
such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120
days after such record date.

            SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment
changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the
Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate
notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the
Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company
in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a
new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate
notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such
amendment.

            SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any
amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and
to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying
upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such
amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment
is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Note
Guarantors enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to
customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section
9.03).
<PAGE>
                                                                              63

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                  Subordination

            SECTION 10.01. Agreement to Subordinate. The Company agrees, and
each Holder by accepting a Security agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by
the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the
manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full of all Senior
Indebtedness of the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of and
enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Securities shall in
all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of
the Company, including the 2000 Notes, and shall rank senior to all existing and
future Subordinated Obligations of the Company; and only Indebtedness of the
Company that is Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall rank senior to the
Securities in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. For purposes of
this Article 10, the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be deemed to
include any liquidated damages payable pursuant to the provisions set forth in
the Securities and the Registration Agreement. All provisions of this Article 10
shall be subject to Section 10.12.

            SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any
payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total
or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or in a
bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
relating to the Company or its property:

            (a) holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled
      to receive payment in full of such Senior Indebtedness before Holders
      shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of or interest on
      the Securities; and

            (b) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full ,
      any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for
      this Article 10 shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as
      their interests may appear, except that Holders of the Securities may
      receive Capital Stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to
      such Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Securities.

            SECTION 10.03. Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness. The
Company may not pay the principal of, premium (if any) or interest on the
Securities or make any deposit pursuant to Section 8.01 and may not otherwise
repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Securities (collectively, "pay the
Securities") if (a) any principal of, interest on, unpaid drawings for letters
of credit in respect of, or regularly accruing fees with respect to any,
Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is not paid when due or (b) any
other default on such Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and the maturity of
such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms
unless, in either case, (i) the default has been cured or waived and any such
acceleration has been rescinded or (ii) such amounts due under Designated Senior
Indebtedness have been paid in full; provided, however, that the Company may pay
the Securities without regard to the foregoing if the Company and a Trust
Officer of the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the
Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which
either of the events set forth in clause (a) or (b) of this
<PAGE>
                                                                              64

sentence has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default
(other than a default described in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence)
with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to
which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice
(except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the
expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company may not pay the
Securities for a period (a "Payment Blockage Period") commencing upon the
receipt by a Trust Officer of the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of
written notice specified as a "notice of default" and describing with
particularity the default under such Designated Senior Indebtedness (a "Blockage
Notice") of such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior
Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and
ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is
terminated (a) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person
or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (b) by repayment in full of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness or (c) because the default giving rise to such
Blockage Notice is no longer continuing). Notwithstanding the provisions
described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions
contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders shall have
accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company may
resume payments on the Securities after the end of such Payment Blockage Period,
including any missed payments. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in
any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with
respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period; provided, however,
that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf
of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness other than the Bank
Indebtedness, the Representative of the Bank Indebtedness may give another
Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event
may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods
is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day
period. For purposes of this Section, no default or event of default that
existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment
Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating
such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement
of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated
Senior Indebtedness, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days,
unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a
period of not less than 90 consecutive days.

            SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Securities. If payment of
the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the
Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness
of the Company (or their Representative) of the acceleration. If any Designated
Senior Indebtedness of the Company is outstanding, the Company may not pay the
Securities until five Business Days after such holders or the Representative of
such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and,
thereafter, may pay the Securities only if this Article 10 otherwise permits
payment at that time.

            SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a payment or
distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article 10 should not have
been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold such
payment or distribution in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness of the
Company and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
<PAGE>
                                                                              65

            SECTION 10.06. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of the
Company is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full, Holders shall
be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive
distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this
Article 10 to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have
been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by
the Company on such Senior Indebtedness.

            SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights. This Article 10 defines the relative
rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Nothing in
this Indenture shall:

            (a) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of
      the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and
      interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the Securities in accordance
      with their terms; or

            (b) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available
      remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior
      Indebtedness of the Company to receive distributions otherwise payable to
      Holders.

            SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. No
right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce the
subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired
by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with
this Indenture.

            SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding
Section 10.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the
Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts
that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than three
Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee
receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under
this Article 10. The Company, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative
or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may give the notice; provided,
however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company has a
Representative, only the Representative may give the notice.

            The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior
Indebtedness of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights.
The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10
with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company which may at any time be
held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness;
and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such
holder. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07 or any other Section of this
Indenture.

            SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a
distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness
of the Company, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative (if any).
<PAGE>
                                                                              66

            SECTION 10.11. Article 10 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit
Right To Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Securities by
reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing
the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on
the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the
Securities.

            SECTION 10.12. Trust Monies Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds
of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for
the payment of principal of and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on the
Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior
Indebtedness of the Company or subject to the restrictions set forth in this
Article 10, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such
amount to the Company or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any
other creditor of the Company.

            SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders shall be
entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02
are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other
Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or
(c) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the
Company for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other
Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount
or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or
to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith,
that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of
Senior Indebtedness of the Company to participate in any payment or distribution
pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish
evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such
Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is
entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts
pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such
evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person
pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such
payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all
actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10.

            SECTION 10.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by
accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his, her or its
behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or
effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the
Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

            SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior
Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and shall not be liable to any
such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the
Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or
otherwise.
<PAGE>
                                                                              67

            SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on
Subordination Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Security acknowledges and
agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be,
an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of
the Company, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or
after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to
continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior
Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination
provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such
Senior Indebtedness.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                                 Note Guarantees

            SECTION 11.01. (a) Note Guarantees. Each Note Guarantor hereby
jointly and severally and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and
not merely as a surety, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and
assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity,
by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Company
under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities,
whether for payment of principal of, interest on or liquidated damages, if any,
in respect of the Securities and all other monetary obligations (to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law) of the Company under this Indenture and the
Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace
periods of all other obligations of the Company whether for fees, expenses,
indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Securities (all the
foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the "Guaranteed Obligations").
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Note Guarantor further
agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or
in part, without notice or further assent from each such Note Guarantor, and
that each such Note Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 11
notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation.

            (b) Each Note Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment
from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also
waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Note Guarantor waives notice of
any default under the Securities or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations
of each Note Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any
Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or
remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the
Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of
any thereof; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of
the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any other
agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee
for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (v) the failure of any Holder or
Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the
Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Note
Guarantor, except as provided in Section 11.02(b).

            (c) Each Note Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be
entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Note Guarantors,
such that such Note Guarantor's obligations would be less than the full amount
claimed. Each Note
<PAGE>
                                                                              68

Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets
of the Company first be used and depleted as payment of the Company's or such
Note Guarantor's obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from
or paid by such Note Guarantor hereunder. Each Note Guarantor hereby waives any
right to which it may be entitled to require that the Company be sued prior to
an action being initiated against such Note Guarantor.

            (d) Each Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee
herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due
(and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any
resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of
the Guaranteed Obligations.

            (e) The Note Guarantee of each Note Guarantor is, to the extent and
in the manner set forth in Article 12, subordinated and subject in right of
payment to the prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any,
and interest on all Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Note Guarantor and is
made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.

            (f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 11.02 and
11.06, the obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to
any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including
any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not
be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination
whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the
Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the obligations of each Note Guarantor herein shall not be discharged
or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to
assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the
Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof,
by any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of the
obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other
act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of
any Note Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Note
Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

            (g) Each Note Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee shall remain
in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations
or such Note Guarantee is released upon the merger or the sale of all the
Capital Stock or assets of the Note Guarantor in compliance with Section 4.06 or
Article 5. Each Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein
shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, continue to be
effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any
part thereof, of principal of or interest or liquidated damages, if any, on any
Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder
or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or
otherwise.

            (h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any
other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any
Note Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the
principal of or interest or liquidated damages, if any, on any Guaranteed
Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other
Guaranteed Obligation, each Note Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon
receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in
cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of
<PAGE>
                                                                              69

(i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and
unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not
prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company to
the Holders and the Trustee.

            (i) Each Note Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any
right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guaranteed
Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed
Obligations and all obligations to which the Guaranteed Obligations are
subordinated as provided in Article 12. Each Note Guarantor further agrees that,
as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other
hand, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, (i) the maturity of the
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in
Article 6 for the purposes of any Note Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any
stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of
the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in
Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall
forthwith become due and payable by such Note Guarantor for the purposes of this
Section 11.01.

            (j) Each Note Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by the
Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.

            (k) Upon request of the Trustee, each Note Guarantor shall execute
and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be
reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this
Indenture.

            SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Liability. (a) Any term or provision of
this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of
the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Note Guarantor shall not
exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this
Indenture, as it relates to such Note Guarantor, void or voidable under
applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or
similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

            (b) A Note Guarantee as to any Note Guarantor that is a Subsidiary
of the Company shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and such
Note Guarantor shall be deemed to be released from all obligations under this
Article 11 upon (A) the merger or consolidation of such Note Guarantor with or
into any Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the
Company where such Note Guarantor is not the surviving entity of such
consolidation or merger or (B) the sale by the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company (or any pledgee of the Company) of the Capital Stock of such Note
Guarantor (or by any other Person as a result of a foreclosure of any lien on
such Capital Stock securing Senior Indebtedness), where, after such sale, such
Note Guarantor is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that
each such merger, consolidation or sale (or, in the case of a sale by such a
pledgee, the disposition of the proceeds of such sale actually received by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries) shall (i) comply with Section 4.06 and
Section 5.01(b) and (ii) be contingent upon such Note Guarantor being released
from its Guarantee of, and all pledges and security interests granted in
connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of the Company
or any Subsidiary of the Company.
<PAGE>
                                                                              70

            (c) In addition, a Note Guarantee of any Note Guarantor that is a
Subsidiary of the Company shall terminate and be of no further force or effect
and such Note Guarantor shall be deemed to be released from all obligations
under this Article 11 upon the Issuer's designation of such Note Guarantor as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that such designation complies with the other
applicable provisions of this Indenture.

            At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver
an appropriate instrument evidencing such release (in the form provided by the
Company).

            SECTION 11.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 11 shall be
binding upon each Note Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure
to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and,
in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the
Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture
and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in such
transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this
Indenture.

            SECTION 11.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part
of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege
under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or
partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right,
power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the
Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other
rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law,
in equity, by statute or otherwise.

            SECTION 11.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of
any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any Note
Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in
writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No
notice to or demand on any Note Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Note
Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other
circumstances.

            SECTION 11.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note
Guarantors. Each Subsidiary which is required to become a Note Guarantor
pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit C hereto pursuant to which such
Subsidiary shall become a Note Guarantor under this Article 11 and shall
guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and
delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers' Certificate to the effect that
such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
such Subsidiary and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to
creditors' rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered
in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Note Guarantee of such Note Guarantor
is a valid and binding obligation of such Note Guarantor, enforceable against
such Note Guarantor in accordance with its terms and or to such other matters as
the Trustee may reasonably request.
<PAGE>
                                                                              71

            SECTION 11.07. Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse a Note
Guarantee on any Security shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                      Subordination of the Note Guarantees

            SECTION 12.01. Agreement To Subordinate. Each Note Guarantor agrees,
and each Holder by accepting a Security agrees, that the obligations of a Note
Guarantor hereunder are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in
the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment in full of all
Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor and that the subordination is for the
benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness of such
Note Guarantor. The obligations hereunder with respect to a Note Guarantor shall
in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness
of such Note Guarantor, including the 2000 Notes Guarantee, and shall rank
senior to all existing and future Subordinated Obligations of such Note
Guarantor; and only Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor that is Senior
Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor shall rank senior to the obligations of such
Note Guarantor in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.

            SECTION 12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any
payment or distribution of the assets of a Note Guarantor to creditors upon a
total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such Note
Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or
similar proceeding relating to such Note Guarantor and its properties:

            (a) holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor shall be
      entitled to receive payment in full of such Senior Indebtedness before
      Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment pursuant to any
      Guaranteed Obligations from such Note Guarantor; and

            (b) until the Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor is paid in
      full, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but
      for this Article 12 shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness
      as their respective interests may appear, except that Holders may receive
      Capital Stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior
      Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Note Guarantees.

            SECTION 12.03. Default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Note
Guarantor. A Note Guarantor may not make any payment pursuant to any of the
Guaranteed Obligations or repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Securities
(collectively, "pay its Guarantee") if (a) any Designated Senior Indebtedness of
such Note Guarantor is not paid when due or (b) any other default on Designated
Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms
unless, in either case, (i) the default has been cured or waived and any such
acceleration has been rescinded or (ii) such Designated Senior Indebtedness has
been paid in full; provided, however, that such Note Guarantor may pay its
Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if such Note Guarantor and a Trust
Officer of the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the
Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness
<PAGE>
                                                                              72

with respect to which either of the events in clause (a) or (b) of this sentence
has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other
than a default described in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence) with
respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor pursuant to
which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice
(except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the
expiration of any applicable grace periods, such Note Guarantor may not pay its
Guarantee for a period (a "Guarantee Payment Blockage Period") commencing upon
the receipt by a Trust Officer of the Trustee (with a copy to such Note
Guarantor and the Company) of written notice specified as a "notice of default"
and describing with particularity the default under such Designated Senior
Indebtedness (a "Guarantee Blockage Notice") of such default from the
Representative of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Note
Guarantor specifying an election to effect a Guarantee Payment Blockage Period
and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Guarantee Payment Blockage
Period is terminated (a) by written notice to the Trustee (with a copy to such
Note Guarantor and the Company) from the Person or Persons who gave such
Guarantee Blockage Notice, (b) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has
been repaid in full or (c) because the default giving rise to such Guarantee
Blockage Notice is no longer continuing). Notwithstanding the provisions
described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions
contained in the first sentence of this Section 12.03), unless the holders of
such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders shall
have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, such Note
Guarantor may resume to paying its Note Guarantee after such Guarantee Payment
Blockage Period, including any missed payments. Not more than one Guarantee
Blockage Notice may be given with respect to a Note Guarantor in any consecutive
360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to
Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor during such period;
provided, however, that if any Guarantee Blockage Notice within such 360-day
period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness
of such Note Guarantor other than the Bank Indebtedness, the Representative of
the Bank Indebtedness may give another Guarantee Blockage Notice within such
period; provided further, however, that in no event may the total number of days
during which any Guarantee Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect
exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period. For
purposes of this Section 12.03, no default or event of default that existed or
was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Guarantee Payment Blockage
Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such
Guarantee Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the
commencement of a subsequent Guarantee Payment Blockage Period by the
Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether or not within a
period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall
have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.

            SECTION 12.04. Demand for Payment. If payment of the Securities is
accelerated because of an Event of Default and a demand for payment is made on a
Note Guarantor pursuant to Article 11, the Trustee (provided that a Trust
Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice from the Company, such
Note Guarantor or a Representative identifying such Designated Senior
Indebtedness, on which notice the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively
rely) shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of
such Note Guarantor (or the Representative of such holders) of such demand. If
any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor is outstanding, such
Note Guarantor may not pay its Guarantee until five Business Days after such
holders or the Representative of the holders of the Designated Senior
<PAGE>
                                                                              73

Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor receive notice of such demand and,
thereafter, may pay its Guarantee only if this Article 12 otherwise permits
payment at that time.

            SECTION 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a payment or
distribution is made to Holders that because of this Article 12 should not have
been made to them, the Holders who receive the payment or distribution shall
hold such payment or distribution in trust for holders of the Senior
Indebtedness of the relevant Note Guarantor and pay it over to them as their
respective interests may appear.

            SECTION 12.06. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of a Note
Guarantor is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full in cash,
Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of
such Note Guarantor to receive distributions applicable to Designated Senior
Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor. A distribution made under this Article 12
to holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor which otherwise would
have been made to Holders is not, as between such Note Guarantor and Holders, a
payment by such Note Guarantor on Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor.

            SECTION 12.07. Relative Rights. This Article 12 defines the relative
rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor.
Nothing in this Indenture shall:

            (a) impair, as between a Note Guarantor and Holders, the obligation
      of a Note Guarantor which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments
      with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations to the extent set forth in
      Article 11; or

            (b) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available
      remedies upon a default by a Note Guarantor under its obligations with
      respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, subject to the rights of holders of
      Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor to receive distributions
      otherwise payable to Holders.

            SECTION 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Note
Guarantor. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor to
enforce the subordination of the obligations of such Note Guarantor hereunder
shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Note Guarantor or by its
failure to comply with this Indenture.

            SECTION 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding
Section 12.03, the Trustee or the Paying Agent may continue to make payments on
the Guaranteed Obligations and shall not be charged with knowledge of the
existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless,
not less than three Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust
Officer of the Trustee receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments
may not be made under this Article 12. A Note Guarantor, the Registrar or
co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior
Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor may give the notice; provided, however, that if
an issue of Senior Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor has a Representative, only
the Representative may give the notice.

            The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior
Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were
not Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same
with like
<PAGE>
                                                                              74

rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in
this Article 12 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor
which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of
Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor; and nothing in Article 7 shall
deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article
12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to
Section 7.07 or any other Section of this Indenture.

            SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a
distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness
of a Note Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their
Representative (if any).

            SECTION 12.11. Article 12 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit
Right To Accelerate. The failure of a Note Guarantor to make a payment on any of
its Guaranteed Obligations by reason of any provision in this Article 12 shall
not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by such Note
Guarantor under such obligations. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any
effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment
on a Note Guarantor pursuant to Article 11.

            SECTION 12.12. Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Holders shall be
entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02
are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other
Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or
(c) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Note
Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of a Note
Guarantor and other Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor, the amount thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee
determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right
of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor to
participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the
Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness of such Note
Guarantor held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to
participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the
rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not
furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial
determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The
provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or
omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 12.

            SECTION 12.13. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by
accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his, her or its
behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or
effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior
Indebtedness of each of the Note Guarantors as provided in this Article 12 and
appoints the Trustee as attorney-in- fact for any and all such purposes.

            SECTION 12.14. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior
Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any
fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor and
shall not be liable to
<PAGE>
                                                                              75

any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the
relevant Note Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any
holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor shall be entitled by
virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.

            SECTION 12.15. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Note
Guarantor on Subordination Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Security
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are
intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior
Indebtedness of a Note Guarantor, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created
or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and
continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such
holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on
such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in
continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

            SECTION 12.16. Defeasance. The terms of this Article 12 shall not
apply to payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held
in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the
Securities pursuant to the provisions described in Section 8.03.

                                   ARTICLE 13

                                  Miscellaneous

            SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent
that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the
duties imposed by, or with another provision (an "incorporated provision")
included in this Indenture by operation of, TIA Sections 310 to 318, inclusive,
such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.

            SECTION 13.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in
writing (which may be a facsimile with the original to follow) and delivered in
person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

                             if to the Company:

                             Pliant Corporation
                             1515 Woodfield Road, Suite 600
                             Schaumburg, Illinois 60173

                             Attention of:
                             Brian E. Johnson
<PAGE>
                                                                              76

                             if to the Trustee:

                             The Bank of New York, Floor 21W
                             101 Barclay Street
                             New York, NY 10286

                             Attention of:
                             Corporate Trust Administration

            The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

            Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed,
first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder's address as it appears on the
registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed
within the time prescribed.

            Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect
in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a
notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly
given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

            SECTION 13.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders. Holders
may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect
to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the
Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section
312(c).

            SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.
Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain
from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee:

            (a) an Officers' Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the
      Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions
      precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
      action have been complied with; and

            (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the
      Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions
      precedent have been complied with (provided, however, that such counsel
      may rely as to matters of fact on Officers' Certificates).

            SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition
provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall
include:

            (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or
      opinion has read such covenant or condition;

            (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
      or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
      certificate or opinion are based;
<PAGE>
                                                                              77

            (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made
      such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express
      an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has
      been complied with; and

            (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
      individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

            SECTION 13.06. When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether
the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company, any Note
Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by
or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Note
Guarantor (other than JP Morgan Securities, Inc.) shall be disregarded and
deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver
or consent, only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time
shall be considered in any such determination.

            SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders. The
Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

            SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays. A "Legal Holiday" is a Saturday, a
Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are not required by law or
regulation to be open in the State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal
Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular
record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

            SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW
TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY.

            SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer,
employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or any of the Note Guarantors,
shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any of the
Note Guarantors under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By
accepting a Security, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability.
The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the
Securities.

            SECTION 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company and each
Note Guarantor in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors.
All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
<PAGE>
                                                                              78

            SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number
of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove
this Indenture.

            SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents,
cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended
to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms
or provisions hereof.
<PAGE>
                                                                              79

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed as of the date first written above.

                                        PLIANT CORPORATION,

                                        by /s/ Brian E. Johnson
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Name:  Brian E. Johnson
                                           Title: Chief Financial Officer and
                                                  Executive Vice President

                                        PLIANT CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL,
                                        PLIANT FILM PRODUCTS OF MEXICO, INC.,
                                        PLIANT SOLUTIONS CORPORATION,
                                        PLIANT PACKAGING OF CANADA, LLC,
                                        UNIPLAST HOLDINGS, INC.,
                                        UNIPLAST U.S., INC.,
                                        TUREX, INC.,
                                        PIERSON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
                                        UNIPLAST MIDWEST, INC.

                                        by /s/ Brian E. Johnson
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Name:  Brian E. Johnson
                                           Title: Executive Vice President

                                        THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee

                                        by /s/ Michael Pitfick
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Name:  Michael Pitfick
                                           Title: Assistant Vice President
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX A

                   PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES,
                             PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES
                               AND EXCHANGE NOTES

      1. Definitions

      1.1 Definitions

      For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the
meanings indicated below:

            "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or
transaction involving a Regulation S Global Security or beneficial interest
therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Security,
Euroclear and Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such
transaction and as in effect from time to time.

            "Clearstream" means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, or any
successor securities clearing agency.

            "Definitive Security" means a certificated Initial Security, Private
Exchange Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Securities Legend if the
transfer of such Security is restricted by applicable law) that does not include
the Global Securities Legend.

            "Depositary" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and
their respective successors.

            "Euroclear" means the Euroclear Clearance System or any successor
securities clearing agency.

            "Global Securities Legend" means the legend set forth under that
caption in Exhibit A to this Indenture.

            "IAI" means an institutional "accredited investor" as described in
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

            "Initial Purchasers" means JP Morgan Securities, Inc. and Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc.

            "Private Exchange" means an offer by the Company, pursuant to the
Registration Agreement, to issue and deliver to certain purchasers, in exchange
for the Initial Securities held by such purchasers as part of their initial
distribution, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes.

            "Private Exchange Notes" means the Securities of the Company issued
in exchange for Initial Securities pursuant to this Indenture in connection with
the Private Exchange pursuant to the Registration Agreement.

            "Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement dated April 5,
2002, among the Company, the Note Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.
<PAGE>
                                                                               2

            "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule
144A.

            "Registered Exchange Offer" means an offer by the Company, pursuant
to the Registration Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Securities, to
issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for their Initial Securities, a
like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the
Securities Act.

            "Registration Agreement" means the Exchange and Registration Rights
Agreement dated April 10, 2002, among the Company, the Note Guarantors and the
Initial Purchasers.

            "Regulation S" means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

            "Regulation S Securities" means all Initial Securities offered and
sold outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S.

            "Restricted Period", with respect to any Securities, means the
period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the
day on which such Securities are first offered to persons other than
distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance
on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to
the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date with respect to such Securities.

            "Restricted Securities Legend" means the legend set forth in Section
2.3(d)(i) herein.

            "Rule 501" means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act.

            "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

            "Rule 144A Securities" means all Initial Securities offered and sold
to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A.

            "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

            "Securities Custodian" means the custodian with respect to a Global
Security (as appointed by the Depositary) or any successor person thereto, who
shall initially be the Trustee.

            "Shelf Registration Statement" means a registration statement filed
by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Securities
pursuant to the Registration Agreement.

            "Transfer Restricted Securities" means Definitive Securities and any
other Securities that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Securities
Legend.
<PAGE>
                                                                               3

      1.2 Other Definitions

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             Defined
            Term:                                                           in Section:
            ----                                                            ----------
<S>                                                                         <C>
"Agent Members".......................................................        2.1(c)
"IAI Global Security".................................................        2.1(b)
"Global Security".....................................................        2.1(b)
"Regulation S Global Security"........................................        2.1(b)
"Rule 144A Global Security"...........................................        2.1(b)
</TABLE>

      2. The Securities

      2.1 Form and Dating

            (a) The Initial Securities issued on the date hereof will be (i)
offered and sold by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii)
resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons
other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation
S. Such Initial Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs,
purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs in
accordance with Rule 501.

            (b) Global Securities. Rule 144A Securities shall be issued
initially in the form of one or more permanent global Securities in definitive,
fully registered form (collectively, the "Rule 144A Global Security") and
Regulation S Securities shall be issued intitially in the form of one or more
global Securities (collectively, the "Regulation S Global Security), in each
case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Securities Legend and
Restricted Securities Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the
purchasers of the Securities represented thereby with the Securities Custodian,
and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary,
duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in
this Indenture. One or more global securities in definitive, fully registered
form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Securities Legend and the
Restricted Securities Legend (collectively, the "IAI Global Security") shall
also be issued on the Closing Date, deposited with the Securities Custodian, and
registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly
executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this
Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Securities to
IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution. Beneficial ownership interests in
the Regulation S Global Security shall not be exchangeable for interests in the
Rule 144A Global Security, the IAI Global Security or any other Security without
a Restricted Securities Legend until the expiration of the Restricted Period.
The Rule 144A Global Security, the IAI Global Security and the Regulation S
Global Security are each referred to herein as a "Global Security" and are
collectively referred to herein as "Global Securities", provided, that the term
"Global Security" when used in Sections 2.1(b), 2.1(c), 2.3(g)(i), 2.3(h)(i) and
2.4 of this Appendix shall also include any Security in global form issued in
connection with a Registered Exchange Offer or Private Exchange. The aggregate
principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or
decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary
or its nominee and on the schedules thereto as hereinafter provided.
<PAGE>
                                                                               4

            (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a
Global Security deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

            The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with
this Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.2 and pursuant to an order of the Company
signed by two Officers, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global
Securities that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such
Global Security or Global Securities or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii)
shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such
Depositary's instructions or held by the Trustee as Securities Custodian.

            Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("Agent Members")
shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security
held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Securities Custodian
or under such Global Security, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company,
the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of
such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the
Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or
other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the
Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such
Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial
interest in any Global Security.

            (d) Definitive Securities. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or 2.4,
owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be entitled to
receive physical delivery of certificated Securities.

      2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for
delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (a) Initial
Securities for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal
amount of $100,000,000, and (b) the (i) Exchange Notes for issue only in a
Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) Private Exchange Notes for issue only in the
Private Exchange, in the case of each of (i) and (ii) pursuant to the
Registration Agreement and for a like principal amount of Initial Securities
exchanged pursuant thereto. Such order shall specify the amount of the
Securities to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of
Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial
Securities, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes. The aggregate principal
amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed $100,000,000, except
as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.08 of this Indenture.

      2.3 Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive
Securities. When Definitive Securities are presented to the Registrar with a
request:

            (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Securities; or

            (ii) to exchange such Definitive Securities for an equal principal
      amount of Definitive Securities of other authorized denominations,
<PAGE>
                                                                               5

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if
its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however,
that the Definitive Securities surrendered for transfer or exchange:

            (1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of
      transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar,
      duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in
      writing; and

            (2) in the case of Definitive Securities which are Transfer
      Restricted Securities, are accompanied by the following additional
      information and documents, as applicable:

                  (A) if such Definitive Securities are being delivered to the
            Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder,
            without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect
            (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Security
            or Private Exchange Note, as applicable); or

                  (B) if such Definitive Securities are being transferred to the
            Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on
            the reverse side of the Initial Security or Private Exchange Note,
            as applicable); or

                  (C) if such Definitive Securities are being transferred
            pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule
            144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon another exemption
            from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (x) a
            certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse
            side of the Initial Security or Private Exchange Note, as
            applicable) and (y) if the Company so requests, an opinion of
            counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the
            compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth
            in Section 2.3(d)(i) and (z) in the case of a transfer to an IAI, a
            signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

            (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Security for a
Beneficial Interest in a Global Security. A Definitive Security may not be
exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Security except upon
satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of
a Definitive Security, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar,
together with:

            (i) certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the
      Initial Security or Private Exchange Note, as applicable) that such
      Definitive Security is being transferred (1) to a QIB in accordance with
      Rule 144A, (2) to an IAI that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter
      substantially in the form of Exhibit D, and in the case of clause (2), an
      opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to
      the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in
      Section 2.3(d)(i) or (3) outside the United States in an offshore
      transaction within the meaning of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule
      904 under the Securities Act; and
<PAGE>
                                                                               6

            (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to
      direct the Securities Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and
      records with respect to such Global Security to reflect an increase in the
      aggregate principal amount of the Securities represented by the Global
      Security, such instructions to contain information regarding the
      Depositary account to be credited with such increase, then the Trustee
      shall cancel such Definitive Security and cause, or direct the Securities
      Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and
      procedures existing between the Depositary and the Securities Custodian,
      the aggregate principal amount of Securities represented by the Global
      Security to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the
      Definitive Security to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be
      credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a
      beneficial interest in the Global Security equal to the principal amount
      of the Definitive Security so canceled. If no Global Securities are then
      outstanding and the Global Security has not been previously exchanged for
      certificated securities pursuant to Section 2.4, the Company shall issue
      and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in
      the form of an Officers' Certificate, a new Global Security in the
      appropriate principal amount.

            (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities. (i) The transfer and
exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein shall be effected
through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable
restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the
Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Security
shall deliver a written order given in accordance with the Depositary's
procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the
Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Security or
another Global Security and such account shall be credited in accordance with
such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Security and the
account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to
the beneficial interest in the Global Security being transferred. Transfers by
an owner of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Security or the IAI
Global Security to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through the
Regulation S Global Security, whether before or after the expiration of the
Restricted Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a
certification in the form provided on the reverse of the Initial Securities from
the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with
Regulation S or (if available) Rule 144 under the Securities Act and that, if
such transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period,
the interest transferred shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear
or Clearstream. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Rule
144A Global Security for an interest in the IAI Global Security, the transferee
must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the
Trustee and an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend
set forth in Section 2.3(d)(i).

            (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest
      in one Global Security to a beneficial interest in another Global
      Security, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date
      and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Security to which
      such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal
      amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall
      reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding
<PAGE>
                                                                               7

      decrease in the principal amount of Global Security from which such
      interest is being transferred.

            (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other
      than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Security may not
      be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the
      Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another
      nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a
      successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.

            (iv) In the event that a Global Security is exchanged for Definitive
      Securities pursuant to Section 2.4 prior to the consummation of the
      Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration
      Statement with respect to such Securities, such Securities may be
      exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially
      consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the
      certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial
      Securities intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or
      such other applicable exemption from registration under the Securities
      Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to
      time be adopted by the Company.

            (d) Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Security. (i)
Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests in the Regulation S
Global Security may only be held through Euroclear or Clearstream. During the
Restricted Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global
Security may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or
Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (1) to the
Company, (2) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule
144A, to a person whom the selling holder reasonably believes is a QIB that
purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is
given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule
144A, (3) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S, (4)
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by
Rule 144 (if applicable) under the Securities Act, (5) to an IAI purchasing for
its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a minimum principal
amount of Securities of $250,000 or (6) pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any
applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. Prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Security to a transferee who takes delivery
of such interest through the Rule 144A Global Security or the IAI Global
Security shall be made only in accordance with Applicable Procedures and upon
receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the
beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse of the Initial Security
to the effect that such transfer is being made to (1) a QIB within the meaning
of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (2) an
IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a
minimum principal amount of the Securities of $250,000. Such written
certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Restricted
Period. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S
Global Security for an interest in the IAI Global Security, the transferee must
furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Trustee.
<PAGE>
                                                                               8

            (ii) Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial
      ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Security shall be
      transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of this
      Indenture.

            (e) Legend.

            (i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) or
      (iv), each Security certificate evidencing the Global Securities and the
      Definitive Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or
      in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the
      following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for
      purposes of the legend only):

      "THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
      AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR
      OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR
      PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED,
      PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
      REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO,
      SUCH REGISTRATION.

            THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO
      OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE
      "RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER
      OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY
      OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY
      PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A
      REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE
      SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE
      PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON
      IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN
      RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
      QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS
      BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT
      OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER
      THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF
      RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN
      INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN
      ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR,
      IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000,
      FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN
      CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F)
      PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
<PAGE>
                                                                               9

      THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING THE
      EXEMPTION PROVIDED FOR BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), SUBJECT TO
      THE COMPANY'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR
      TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN
      OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO
      EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER
      AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE."

Each Definitive Security shall bear the following additional legend:

      "IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR
      AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
      TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER
      COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS."

            (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security
      that is a Definitive Security, the Registrar shall permit the Holder
      thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Definitive
      Security that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any
      restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security if the
      Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such
      exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the
      form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Security, or Private Exchange
      Note, as applicable) and delivers an opinion of counsel or other evidence
      reasonably satisfactory to the Registrar as to the compliance with the
      restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(d)(i)).

            (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Securities or Private Exchange
      Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration
      Statement with respect to such Initial Securities or Private Exchange
      Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted
      Securities Legend on such Initial Securities or such Private Exchange
      Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial
      Securities or such Private Exchange Notes be issued in global form shall
      continue to apply.

            (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with
      respect to the Initial Securities pursuant to which Holders of such
      Initial Securities are offered Exchange Notes in exchange for their
      Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to Initial Securities that
      Initial Securities be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and
      Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Securities Legend
      shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Securities in
      such Registered Exchange Offer.

            (v) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to the
      Initial Securities pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Securities
      are offered Private Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial
      Securities, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Securities that
      Initial Securities be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and
      Private Exchange Notes in global form with the
<PAGE>
                                                                              10

      Restricted Securities Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange
      such Initial Securities in such Private Exchange.

            (vi) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted
      Period of any Initial Security acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all
      requirements that such Initial Security bear the Restricted Securities
      Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such
      Initial Security be issued in global form shall continue to apply.

            (f) Cancelation or Adjustment of Global Security. At such time as
all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for
Definitive Securities, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such
Global Security shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for
cancelation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such
cancelation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for
Definitive Securities, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global
Security, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Securities
represented by such Global Security shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be
made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities
Custodian for such Global Security) with respect to such Global Security, by the
Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

            (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of
Securities.

            (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company
      shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Securities
      and Global Securities at the Registrar's request.

            (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of
      transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum
      sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental
      charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer
      taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges
      to be registered in the name of the registered Holder effecting the
      exchange pursuant to Sections 2.06, 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this
      Indenture).

            (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of
      any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar
      may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as
      the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment
      of principal of and interest on such Security and for all other purposes
      whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the
      Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected
      by notice to the contrary.

            (iv) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to
      the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be
      entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities
      surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
<PAGE>
                                                                              11

            (h) No Obligation of the Trustee.

            (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any
      beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in
      the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the
      records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member
      thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with
      respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or
      other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice (including any
      notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or
      with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be
      given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the
      Securities shall be given or made only to the registered Holders (which
      shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Security).
      The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised
      only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and procedures
      of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in
      relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its
      members, participants and any beneficial owners.

            (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor,
      determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
      imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any
      transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between
      or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any
      Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and
      other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so
      if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to
      examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the
      express requirements hereof.

      2.4 Definitive Securities

            (a) A Global Security deposited with the Depositary or with the
Trustee as Securities Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection
with a Registered Exchange Offer or Private Exchange shall be transferred to the
beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Securities in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Security, in
exchange for such Global Security, only if such transfer complies with Section
2.3 and (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable
to continue as a Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time the
Depositary ceases to be a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act,
and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of
such notice or after the Company becomes aware of such cessation, or (ii) an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Company, in its
sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the
issuance of certificated Securities under this Indenture.

            (b) Any Global Security that is transferable to the beneficial
owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the
Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time
in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon
such transfer of each portion of such Global Security, an equal aggregate
principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations. Any
portion of a Global Security transferred pursuant to this Section shall be
executed,
<PAGE>
                                                                              12

authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral
multiple thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct.
Any certificated Initial Security in the form of a Definitive Security delivered
in exchange for an interest in the Global Security shall, except as otherwise
provided by Section 2.3(d), bear the Restricted Securities Legend.

            (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the registered
Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any
Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through
Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this
Indenture or the Securities.

            (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in
Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company will promptly make available to
the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Securities in fully registered
form without interest coupons.
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                        [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY
                           AND PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE]

                           [Global Securities Legend]

            UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), NEW YORK, NEW
YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR
PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR
SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR
VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

            TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN
WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR
SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL
BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN
THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

                         [Restricted Securities Legend]

            THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR
OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION
HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR
OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH
TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.

            THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO
OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE "RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE") WHICH IS TWO YEARS AFTER THE LATER OF THE
ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY
AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF
SUCH SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION
STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO
LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A "QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER" AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT
OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN
THAT
<PAGE>
                                                                               2

THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND
SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR
FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A
MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES
AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION
IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, INCLUDING
THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED FOR BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), SUBJECT TO THE
COMPANY'S AND THE TRUSTEE'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER
PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM.
THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

Each Definitive Security shall bear the following additional legend:

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT
MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.
<PAGE>
No.                                                                 $___________

                      13% Senior Subordinated Note due 2010

                                                                CUSIP No. ______
                                                                 ISIN No. ______

            PLIANT CORPORATION, a Utah corporation, promises to pay to Cede &
Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum [listed on the Schedule of
Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto](1) [of $_____](2) on
June 1, 2010.

            Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1.

            Record Dates: May 15 and November 15.

----------
      (1)   Insert if Security is to be issued in global form.

      (2)   Insert if Security is to be issued in definitive form.
<PAGE>
                                                                               2

            Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other
side of this Security.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be
duly executed.

                                          PLIANT CORPORATION,

                                           by
                                              __________________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

                                           by
                                              __________________________________
                                              Name:
                                              Title:

Dated:

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
       AUTHENTICATION

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

       as Trustee, certifies

       that this is one of
       the Securities referred
       to in the Indenture.

By:_________________________
     Authorized Signatory

----------
*/ If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities
Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned "TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL
SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY".
<PAGE>
                                                                               3

                    [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL SECURITY
                           AND PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE]

                      13% Senior Subordinated Note due 2010

1. Interest

            (a) PLIANT CORPORATION, a Utah corporation (such corporation, and
its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being
herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount
of this Security at the rate per annum shown above. The Company shall pay
interest semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning June 1,
2002. Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or
duly provided for, from April 10, 2002 until the principal hereof is due.
Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by
the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at
the same rate to the extent lawful.

            (b) Liquidated Damages. The holder of this Security is entitled to
the benefits of an Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April
10, 2002, among the Company, Pliant Corporation International, Pliant Film
Products of Mexico, Inc., Pliant Solutions Corporation, Pliant Packaging of
Canada, LLC, Uniplast Holdings, Inc., Uniplast U.S., Inc., Turex, Inc., Pierson
Industries, Inc. and Uniplast Midwest, Inc. (the "Note Guarantors") and the
Initial Purchasers named therein (the "Registration Agreement"). Capitalized
terms used in this paragraph (b) but not defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in the Registration Agreement. Subject to the terms of the
Registration Agreement, if (i) the Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, as applicable under the Registration Agreement, is
not filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified in the
Registration Agreement, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the
Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, is not declared effective on
or prior to the date specified in the Registration Agreement, (iii) the
Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to 180 days after the
Issue Date (other than in the event the Company files a Shelf Registration
Statement), or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared
effective on or prior to the date specified in the Registration Agreement but
shall thereafter cease to be effective (at any time that the Company is
obligated to maintain the effectiveness thereof) without being succeeded within
60 days by an additional Registration Statement filed and declared effective
(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration
Default"), the Company shall pay liquidated damages to each holder of Transfer
Restricted Securities, during the period of such Registration Default, in an
amount equal to $0.192 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the Securities
constituting Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder until the
applicable Registration Statement is filed or declared effective, the Registered
Exchange Offer is consummated or the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes
effective, an additional Registration Statement becomes effective or a
post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective,
as the case may be. All accrued liquidated damages shall be paid to holders in
the same manner as interest payments on the Securities on semi-annual payment
dates which correspond to interest payment dates for the Securities. Following
the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of
<PAGE>
                                                                               4

liquidated damages shall cease. The Trustee shall have no responsibility with
respect to the determination of the amount of any such liquidated damages. For
purposes of the foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Securities" means (i) each
Initial Security until the date on which such Initial Security has been
exchanged for a freely transferable Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange
Offer, it being understood that the requirement that an Exchange Dealer deliver
a prospectus in connection with sales of Exchange Notes acquired in the
Registered Exchange Offer shall not mean that the Exchange Note is not freely
transferable, (ii) each Initial Security or Private Exchange Note until the date
on which such Initial Security or Private Exchange Note has been effectively
registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf
Registration Statement or (iii) each Initial Security or Private Exchange Note
until the date on which such Initial Security or Private Exchange Note is
distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is
saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. The Company shall not
be required to pay liquidated damages to any Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities to the extent such Holder fails to comply with certain obligations
specified in the Registration Agreement.

2. Method of Payment

            The Company shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted
interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on
the May 15 or November 15 next preceding the interest payment date even if
Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest
payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, liquidated
damages, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at
the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
Payments in respect of the Securities represented by a Global Security
(including principal, premium, if any, liquidated damages, if any, and interest)
shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts
specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary. The
Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including
principal, premium, if any, interest and liquidated damages, if any), at the
office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Company, payment
of interest or liquidated damages may be made by mailing a check to the
registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on
the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000
aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar
account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder
elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the
Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days
immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as
the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

            Initially, THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation (the
"Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Company or any of its
domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or
Registrar.
<PAGE>
                                                                               5

4.  Indenture

            The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of
April 10, 2002 (the "Indenture"), among the Company, the Note Guarantors and the
Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the
"TIA"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings
ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all terms and
provisions of the Indenture, and Holders (as defined in the Indenture) are
referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and
provisions.

            The Securities are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the
Company limited to $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding (subject to Sections 2.07 and 2.08 of the Indenture). This Security
is one of the [Initial Securities] [Private Exchange Notes] referred to in the
Indenture. The Securities include the Initial Securities and any Exchange Notes
and Private Exchange Notes issued in exchange for Initial Securities pursuant to
the Indenture. The Initial Securities and any Exchange Notes and Private
Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.
The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and
other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur
Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain
dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or
permit certain transactions with Affiliates and make asset sales. The Indenture
also imposes limitations on the ability of the Company and each Note Guarantor
to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or the Company to convey,
transfer or lease all or substantially all its property.

            To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal, interest
and liquidated damages, if any, on the Securities and all other amounts payable
by the Company under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall
be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according
to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Note Guarantors have
jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a
senior subordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

5. Optional Redemption

            Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Securities shall
not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to June 1, 2005. On or
after June 1, 2005, the Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the
Company, in whole or in part, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior
notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if
any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of
<PAGE>
                                                                               6

record on the relevant record date to receive interest and liquidated damages,
if any, due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the
12-month period commencing on June 1 of the years set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Redemption
            Year                                              Price
            ----                                              -----
<S>                                                         <C>
            2005                                              106.500%
            2006                                              104.333%
            2007                                              102.167%
            2008 and thereafter                               100.000%
</TABLE>

            In addition, prior to June 1, 2003, the Company may redeem up to a
maximum of 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities with
the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings by the Company at a
redemption price equal to 113% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, thereon to the redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest and liquidated damages, if any, due on the relevant interest
payment date); provided, however, that after giving effect to any such
redemption, at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the
Securities remains outstanding, and any such redemption shall be made within 120
days of such Equity Offering upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days notice
mailed to each holder of Securities being redeemed and otherwise in accordance
with the procedures set forth in the Indenture.

6. Sinking Fund

            The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

7. Notice of Redemption

            Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of
Securities to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Securities in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and
accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on all Securities
(or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with
the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions
are satisfied, on and after such date interest (and, if applicable, liquidated
damages) ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called
for redemption.

8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control

            Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will have the
right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Company to repurchase all or any part of the Securities of such Holder at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities to be
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to
the date of repurchase (subject to the right of
<PAGE>
                                                                               7

Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due and
liquidated damages, if any, on the relevant interest payment date that is on or
prior to the date of purchase) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the
Indenture.

            In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Company will
be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain
events.

9. Subordination

            The Securities and Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior
Indebtedness, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the
Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Securities and Note
Guarantees may be paid. The Company and each Note Guarantor agrees, and each
Holder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained
in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the
Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

            The Securities are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or
exchange Securities in accordance with, and subject to the restrictions on
transfer and exchange set forth in, the Indenture. Upon any transfer or
exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any
taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not
register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption
(except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the
Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a
period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed.

11. Persons Deemed Owners

            Except as provided in paragraph 2 hereof, the registered Holder of
this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

12. Unclaimed Money

            If money for the payment principal, interest or liquidated damages,
if any, remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall
pay the money back to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned
property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled
to the money must look to the Company for payment and not to the Trustee for
payment as general creditors and the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have no
further liability with respect to such monies.

13. Discharge and Defeasance

            Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate
some of or all its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the
Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the
payment of principal of, and interest and liquidated damages, if any, on, the
Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.
<PAGE>
                                                                               8

14. Amendment, Waiver

            Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the
Indenture or the Securities may be amended without prior notice to any Holder
but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Securities and (ii) any default or
compliance with any provisions of the Indenture may be waived with the written
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Note Guarantors
and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities (i) to cure any
ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply with Article 5 of
the Indenture; (iii) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or
in place of certificated Securities; (iv) to add Note Guarantees with respect to
the Securities; (v) to secure the Securities; (vi) to add additional covenants
or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (vii) to comply with
the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of
the Indenture under the TIA; (viii) to make any change that does not materially
and adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the provisions of the
Indenture; (ix) to make any change in the subordination provisions of the
Indenture that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of
Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or any Representative thereof) under such
subordination provisions; or (x) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange
Notes or Private Exchange Notes.

15. Defaults and Remedies

            If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default
relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
Company) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Securities may declare the principal of and
accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an
Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the
Securities shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain
circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and
its consequences.

            If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall
be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders
have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss,
liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to
enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest
when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the
Securities unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that
an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee in writing to
pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee
has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the
request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a
direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to
certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities are given the right to direct the time, method and place
of conducting any
<PAGE>
                                                                               9

proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee
determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would
involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the
Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably
satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not
taking such action.

16. Trustee Dealings with the Company

            Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under
the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed
to it by the Company, a Note Guarantor or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company, a Note Guarantor or its Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee.

17. No Recourse Against Others

            A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the
Company or any Note Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations
of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on,
in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a
Security, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

18. Authentication

            This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of
the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Security.

19. Abbreviations

            Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).

20. Governing Law

            THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITH OUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF
ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

21. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

            The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the
Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices
of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of
<PAGE>
                                                                              10

such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in
any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon.

            THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF SECURITIES UPON WRITTEN
REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE HOLDER A COPY OF THE INDENTURE WHICH HAS IN IT
THE TEXT OF THIS SECURITY.
<PAGE>
                                                                              11

                                ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to

      (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

      (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Security
on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

________________________________________________________________________________

Date: ________________ Your Signature: _____________________

________________________________________________________________________________
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

Signature Guarantee:

Date: ___________________                           ____________________________
Signature must be guaranteed                            Signature of Signature
by a participant in a                                   Guarantee
recognized signature guaranty
medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable
to the Trustee
<PAGE>
                                                                              12

          CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF
                         TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Securities held in
(check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the
undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

| |   has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its
      beneficial interest in the Global Security held by the Depositary a
      Security or Securities in definitive, registered form of authorized
      denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial
      interest in such Global Security (or the portion thereof indicated above);

| |   has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the
      transfer of a Security or Securities.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this
certificate, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being transferred
in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

            (1)   | |   to the Company; or

            (2)   | |   to the Registrar for registration in the name of the
                        Holder, without transfer; or

            (3)   | |   pursuant to an effective registration statement under
                        the Securities Act of 1933; or

            (4)   | |   inside the United States to a "qualified institutional
                        buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act
                        of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the
                        account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom
                        notice is given that such transfer is being made in
                        reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in
                        compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of
                        1933; or

            (5)   | |   outside the United States in an offshore transaction
                        within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities
                        Act of 1933 in compliance with Rule 904 under the
                        Securities Act of 1933 and such security shall be held
                        immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or
                        Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted
                        Period (as defined in the Indenture); or

            (6)   | |   to an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in
                        Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act
                        of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
                        letter containing certain representations and
                        agreements; or
<PAGE>
                                                                              13

            (7)   | |   pursuant to another available exemption from
                        registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities
                        Act of 1933.

            Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to
            register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the
            name of any Person other than the registered Holder thereof;
            provided, however, that if box (5) or (6) is checked, the Trustee
            may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the
            Securities, such legal opinions, certifications and other
            information required by the Indenture to confirm that such transfer
            is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
            subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of
            1933.

                                                    ____________________________
                                                    Your Signature

Signature Guarantee:

Date: _________________________              ___________________________________
Signature must be guaranteed                        Signature of Signature
by a participant in a                               Guarantee
recognized signature guaranty
medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable
to the Trustee

              TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

            The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this
Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises
sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified
institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of
1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A
and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as
the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to
request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying
upon the undersigned's foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption
from registration provided by Rule 144A.

Dated: ________________                      ___________________________________
                                                    NOTICE: To be executed by
                                                           an executive officer
<PAGE>
                                                                              14

                      [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

              SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

            The initial principal amount of this Global Security is $[    ]. The
following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Date of             Amount of decrease in       Amount of increase in        Principal amount of this    Signature of authorized
Exchange            Principal Amount of this    Principal Amount of this     Global Security following   signatory of Trustee or
                    Global Security             Global Security              such decrease or increase   Securities Custodian
<S>                 <C>                         <C>                          <C>                         <C>

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              15

                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

                  IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE THIS SECURITY PURCHASED BY THE
COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 (ASSET DISPOSITION) OR 4.08 (CHANGE OF CONTROL)
OF THE INDENTURE, CHECK THE BOX:

                     ASSET DISPOSITION | | CHANGE OF CONTROL | |

                  IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE ONLY PART OF THIS SECURITY
PURCHASED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 OR 4.08 OF THE INDENTURE,
STATE THE AMOUNT ($1,000 OR AN INTEGRAL MULTIPLE THEREOF):

$

DATE: __________________ YOUR SIGNATURE: __________________
(SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME APPEARS ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SECURITY)

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:_______________________________________
                         SIGNATURE MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A PARTICIPANT IN A
                         RECOGNIZED SIGNATURE GUARANTY MEDALLION PROGRAM OR
                         OTHER SIGNATURE GUARANTOR ACCEPTABLE TO THE TRUSTEE
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                         [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]
                           [Global Securities Legend]

            UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), NEW YORK, NEW
YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR
PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR
SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR
VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

            TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN
WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR
SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL
BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN
THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
<PAGE>
                                                                               2

No.                                                                  $__________

                      13% Senior Subordinated Note due 2010

                                                              CUSIP No. ________
                                                             ISIN No. __________

            PLIANT CORPORATION, a Utah corporation, promises to pay to Cede &
Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum [listed on the Schedule of
Increases or Decreases in Global Security attached hereto](3) [of $______] on
June 1, 2010.

            Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1.

            Record Dates: May 15 and November 15.

 --------
      (3)
<PAGE>
                                                                               3

            Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other
side of this Security.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be
duly executed.

                                              PLIANT CORPORATION,

                                                by
                                                  ______________________________
                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:

                                                by
                                                  ______________________________
                                                   Name:
                                                   Title:

Dated:

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
           AUTHENTICATION

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

           as Trustee, certifies
           that this is one of
           the Securities referred
           to in the Indenture.

           by
             _______________________________
                 Authorized Signatory

----------
*/ If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities
Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned "TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL
SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY".
<PAGE>
                                                                               4

                     [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE]

                      13% Senior Subordinated Note due 2010

1. Interest.

            PLIANT CORPORATION, a Utah corporation (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein
called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Security at the rate per annum shown above. The Company shall pay interest
semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning June 1, 2002.
Interest on the Securities shall accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or
duly provided for, from April 10, 2002 until the principal hereof is due.
Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by
the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at
the same rate to the extent lawful.

2. Method of Payment

            The Company shall pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted
interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on
the May 15 or November 15 next preceding the interest payment date even if
Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest
payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect
principal payments. The Company shall pay principal, premium, if any, and
interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the
Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium and
interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor depositary.
The Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of the
Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may
be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof;
provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the case
of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by
wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in
the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving
written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating
such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date
for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

            Initially, The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation (the
"Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and
change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Company or any of its
domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or
Registrar.
<PAGE>
                                                                               5

4. Indenture

            The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of
April 10, 2002 (the "Indenture"), between among the Company, the Note Guarantors
and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the
Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date
of the Indenture (the "TIA"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined
herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are
subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders (as defined in
the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such
terms and provisions.

            The Securities are senior subordinated unsecured obligations of the
Company limited to $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding (subject to Sections 2.07 and 2.08 of the Indenture). This Security
is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Securities
include the Initial Securities and any Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes
issued in exchange for the Initial Securities pursuant to the Indenture. The
Initial Securities, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes are
treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture
imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other
Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, incur Indebtedness,
enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and
distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain
transactions with Affiliates and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes
limitations on the ability of the Company and each Note Guarantor to consolidate
or merge with or into any other Person or the Company to convey, transfer or
lease all or substantially all of its property.

            To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and
interest, if any, on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Company
under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and
payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the
terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Note Guarantors have, jointly and
severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior
basis subordinated pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.

5. Optional Redemption

            Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Securities shall
not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to June 1, 2005. On or
after June 1, 2005, the Securities shall be redeemable at the option of the
Company, in whole or in part, on not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior
notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if
any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
<PAGE>
                                                                               6

date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on June 1 of the years
set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Redemption
            Year                                                  Price
            ----                                                  -----
<S>                                                             <C>
            2005                                                 106.500%
            2006                                                 104.333%
            2007                                                 102.167%
            2008 and thereafter                                  100.000%
</TABLE>

            In addition, prior to June 1, 2003, the Company may redeem up to a
maximum of 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Securities with
the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (i) by the Company at a
redemption price equal to 113% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest and liquidated damages thereon, if any, to the redemption date
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however,
that after giving effect to any such redemption, at least 65% of the original
aggregate principal amount of the Securities remains outstanding, and any such
redemption shall be made within 120 days of such Equity Offering upon not less
than 30 nor more than 60 days notice mailed to each Holder of Securities being
redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the
Indenture.

6. Sinking Fund

            The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.

7. Notice of Redemption

            Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of
Securities to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Securities in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and
accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, on all Securities
(or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with
the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions
are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such
Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

8. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control

            Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will have the
right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Company to repurchase all or any part of the Securities of such Holder at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities to be
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to
the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date that is on or prior to the date of purchase) as provided in, and subject to
the terms of, the Indenture.
<PAGE>
                                                                               7

            In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Company will
be required to offer to purchase Securities upon the occurrence of certain
events.

9. Subordination

            The Securities and Note Guarantees are subordinated to Senior
Indebtedness, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the
Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Securities may be paid.
The Company and each Note Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a
Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and
authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as
attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

            The Securities are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or
exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or
exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any
taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not
register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption
(except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the
Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a
period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed or 15 days
before an interest payment date.

11. Persons Deemed Owners

            Except as provided in paragraph 2 hereof, the registered Holder of
this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

12. Unclaimed Money

            If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed
for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the
Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law designates
another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look
only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment as general creditors and
the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to
such monies.

13. Discharge and Defeasance

            Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may terminate
some of or all its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the
Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the
payment of principal and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity,
as the case may be.

14. Amendment, Waiver

            Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the
Indenture or the Securities may be amended without prior notice to any Holder
but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the
<PAGE>
                                                                               8

outstanding Securities and (ii) any default or compliance with any of the
provisions of the Indenture may be waived with the written consent of the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without
the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee may
amend the Indenture or the Securities (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission,
defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture; (iii)
to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of
certificated Securities; (iv) to add Note Guarantees with respect to the
Securities; (v) to secure the Securities; (vi) to add additional covenants or to
surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (vii) to comply with the
requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the
Indenture under the TIA; (viii) to make any change that does not materially and
adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the provisions of the Indenture;
(ix) to make any change in the subordination provisions of the Indenture that
would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company (or any Representative thereof) under such
subordination provisions; or (x) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange
Notes or Private Exchange Notes.

15. Defaults and Remedies

            If an Event of Default occurs (other than an Event of Default
relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
Company) and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the outstanding Securities may declare the principal of and
accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. If an
Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Company occurs, the principal of and interest on all the
Securities shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain
circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Securities may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Securities and
its consequences.

            If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall
be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders
have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss,
liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to
enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest
when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the
Securities unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that
an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the outstanding Securities have requested the Trustee in writing to
pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee
has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the
request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding Securities have not given the Trustee a
direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to
certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities are given the right to direct the time, method and place
of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however,
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or
that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other
Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking
any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to
<PAGE>
                                                                               9

indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses
caused by taking or not taking such action.

16. Trustee Dealings with the Company

            Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under
the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed
to it by the Company, a Note Guarantor or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company, a Note Guarantor or its Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee.

17. No Recourse Against Others

            A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the
Company or any Note Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations
of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on,
in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a
Security, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

18. Authentication

            This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of
the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Security.

19. Abbreviations

            Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).

20. Governing Law

            THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF
ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

21. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

            The Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the
Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices
of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the
accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in
any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon.
<PAGE>
                                                                              10

            THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF SECURITIES UPON WRITTEN
REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE HOLDER A COPY OF THE INDENTURE WHICH HAS IN IT
THE TEXT OF THIS SECURITY.
<PAGE>
                                                                              11

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to

      (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

      (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Security
on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

____________________________________________________________

Date: ________________ Your Signature: _____________________

________________________________________________________________________________
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security. Signature
must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion
program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee.

Signature Guarantee:

Date: ________________________                      ____________________________
Signature must be guaranteed                           Signature of Signature
by a participant in a                                  Guarantee
recognized signature guaranty
medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable
to the Trustee
<PAGE>
                                                                              12

                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

            IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE THIS SECURITY PURCHASED BY THE COMPANY
PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 (ASSET DISPOSITION) OR 4.08 (CHANGE OF CONTROL) OF THE
INDENTURE, CHECK THE BOX:

                     ASSET DISPOSITION | | CHANGE OF CONTROL | |

                  IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE ONLY PART OF THIS SECURITY
PURCHASED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 OR 4.08 OF THE INDENTURE,
STATE THE AMOUNT ($1,000 OR AN INTEGRAL MULTIPLE THEREOF):

$

DATE: __________________ YOUR SIGNATURE: ______________________
                                (SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME APPEARS

                       ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SECURITY)

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:__________________________________________
                         SIGNATURE MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A PARTICIPANT IN A
                         RECOGNIZED SIGNATURE GUARANTY MEDALLION PROGRAM OR
                         OTHER SIGNATURE GUARANTOR ACCEPTABLE TO THE TRUSTEE.
<PAGE>
                                                                              13

                      [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

              SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

            The initial principal amount of this Global Security is $[    ]. The
following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Date of       Amount of decrease in       Amount of increase in        Principal amount of this    Signature of authorized
Exchange      Principal Amount of this    Principal Amount of this     Global Security following   signatory of Trustee or
              Global Security             Global Security              such decrease or increase   Securities Custodian
<S>           <C>                         <C>                          <C>                         <C>

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                         FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                        SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental Indenture")
                  dated as of , among [GUARANTOR] (the "New Guarantor"), a
                  subsidiary of PLIANT CORPORATION (or its successor), a Utah
                  corporation (the "Company"), [OTHER EXISTING GUARANTORS] and
                  THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, as
                  trustee under the indenture referred to below (the "Trustee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

            WHEREAS the Company and [OLD GUARANTORS] (the "Existing Guarantors")
has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the
"Indenture") dated as of April 10, 2002, providing for the issuance of an
aggregate principal amount of up to $100,000,000 of 13% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2010 (the "Securities");

            WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the Indenture provides that under certain
circumstances the Company is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and
deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New
Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Company's obligations under
the Securities pursuant to a Note Guarantee on the terms and conditions set
forth herein; and

            WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the
Company and the Existing Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this
Supplemental Indenture;

            NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New
Guarantor, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually
covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the
Securities as follows:

            1. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly
and severally with all the Existing Guarantors, to unconditionally guarantee the
Company's obligations under the Securities on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in Articles 11 and 12 of the Indenture and to be bound by
all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Securities.

            2. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of
Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects
ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof
shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a
part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of Securities
heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

            3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT
THE
<PAGE>
                                                                               2

APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

            4. Trustee Makes No Representation. The recitals contained herein
shall be taken as the statements of the Company, [NEW GUARANTOR] and the
Existing Guarantors, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their
correctness. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or
sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

            5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this
Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement.

            6. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for
convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

                                         [NEW GUARANTOR],

                                          by
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                         PLIANT CORPORATION,

                                          by
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                         [OTHER EXISTING GUARANTORS],

                                           by___________________________________
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                         THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee,

                                          by
                                            ____________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:
<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                                     Form of
                       Transferee Letter of Representation

Pliant Corporation
1515 Woodfield Road, Suite 600
Schaumburg, Illinois 60173

Ladies and Gentlemen:

            This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $
principal amount of the 13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 (the "Notes") of
Pliant Corporation (the "Issuer").

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial
owner as follows:

Name:___________________________________________________________________________

Address:________________________________________________________________________

Taxpayer ID Number:_____________________________________________________________

The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

1.    We are an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined in Rule
      501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
      (the "Securities Act")), purchasing for our own account or for the account
      of such an institutional "accredited investor" at least $250,000 principal
      amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or
      for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the
      Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and
      business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of
      our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities
      similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any
      accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk
      of our or its investment.

2.    We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities
      Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the
      following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any
      investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or
      otherwise transfer such Securities prior to the date that is two years
      after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which
      the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes
      (or any predecessor thereto) (the "Resale Restriction Termination Date")
      only (a) to the Company, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has
      been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction
      complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act
      ("Rule 144A"), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified
      institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a "QIB") that is purchasing for its
      own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that
      the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) to an
      institutional "accredited investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1),
      (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is
<PAGE>
                                                                               2

      purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional
      "accredited investor," in each case, in a minimum principal amount of
      Notes of $250,000, or (e) pursuant to any other available exemption from
      the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including the
      exemption provided for by Rule 144 thereunder (if available) subject in
      each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition
      of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at
      all times within our or their control and in compliance with any
      applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale
      will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If
      any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant
      to clause (d) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the
      transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the
      form of this letter to the Company and the Trustee, which shall provide,
      among other things, that the transferee is an institutional "accredited
      investor" within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
      Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes
      and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each
      purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right
      prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction
      Termination Date of the Securities pursuant to clause (d) or (e) above to
      require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other
      information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee.

                                                TRANSFEREE:_________________,

                                                  by:___________________________<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 4.7

                               PLIANT CORPORATION

                                  $100,000,000

                     13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010

                   EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                                                  April 10, 2002

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
270 Park Avenue, 4th floor
New York, New York  10017

Ladies and Gentlemen:

            Pliant Corporation, a Utah corporation (the "Company"), proposes to
issue and sell to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ("JPMorgan") and Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. ("DBSI" and, together with JPMorgan, the "Initial Purchasers"),
upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in a purchase agreement
dated April 5, 2002 (the "Purchase Agreement"), $100,000,000 principal amount of
the Company's 13% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010 (the "Notes") to be
guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by certain of the Company's
subsidiaries signatory hereto (the "Note Guarantors"). Capitalized terms used
but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the
Purchase Agreement.

            As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the
Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the
Initial Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Note Guarantors agree with
the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the holders (including the Initial
Purchasers and the Market-Maker (as defined herein)) of the Notes, the Exchange
Notes (as defined herein) and the Private Exchange Notes (as defined herein)
(collectively, the "Holders"), as follows:

            1. Registered Exchange Offer. Unless, because of any change in law
or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission's staff, the Company and
the Note Guarantors determine in good faith after consultation with counsel that
they are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer (as defined
herein), the Company and the Note Guarantors shall (i) prepare and, not later
than 75 days following the date of original issuance of the Notes (the "Issue
Date"), file with the Commission a registration statement (the "Exchange Offer
Registration Statement") on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with
respect to a proposed offer to the Holders of the Notes (the "Registered
Exchange Offer") to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the
Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company (the
"Exchange Notes") that are identical in all material respects to the Notes,
except for the transfer restrictions relating to the Notes, (ii) use their
reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to
become effective under the Securities Act no later than 150 days after the Issue
Date and the Registered Exchange Offer to be consummated no later than 180 days
after the Issue Date and (iii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not
less than 30 days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on
which notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders
<PAGE>
                                                                               2

(such period being called the "Exchange Offer Registration Period"). The
Exchange Notes will be issued under the Indenture or an indenture (the "Exchange
Notes Indenture") among the Company, the Note Guarantors and the Trustee or such
other bank or trust company that is reasonably satisfactory to the Initial
Purchasers, as trustee (the "Exchange Notes Trustee"), such indenture to be
identical in all material respects to the Indenture, except for the transfer
restrictions relating to the Notes (as described above). All references in this
Agreement to "prospectus" shall, except where the context otherwise requires,
include any prospectus (or amendment or supplement thereto) filed with the
Commission pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement.

            Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the
objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to
exchange Notes for Exchange Notes (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an
affiliate of the Company or an Exchanging Dealer (as defined herein) not
complying with the requirements of the next sentence, (b) is not an Initial
Purchaser holding Notes that have, or that are reasonably likely to have, the
status of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, (c) acquires the
Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of such Holder's business, (d) has no
arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes and (e) if such Holder is not an Exchanging
Dealer (as defined below), it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage
in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes) and to trade such Exchange Notes from
and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the
Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of
the several states of the United States. The Company, the Note Guarantors, the
Initial Purchasers and each Exchanging Dealer acknowledge that, pursuant to
current interpretations by the Commission's staff of Section 5 of the Securities
Act, each Holder that is a broker-dealer electing to exchange Notes, acquired
for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, for Exchange Notes (an "Exchanging Dealer"), is required to deliver
a prospectus containing substantially the information set forth in Annex A
hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the "Exchange Offer Procedures"
section and the "Purpose of the Exchange Offer" section (if any) and in Annex C
hereto in the "Plan of Distribution" section of such prospectus in connection
with a sale of any such Exchange Notes received by such Exchanging Dealer
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

            If, prior to the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any
Holder shall notify the Company in writing that it holds any Notes acquired by
it that have, or that are reasonably likely to be determined to have, the status
of an unsold allotment in an initial distribution, or any Holder notifies the
Company in writing that it believes that it is not entitled to participate in
the Registered Exchange Offer (other than because it has an understanding or
arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange
Notes) and such Holder has not received a written opinion from counsel to the
Company, reasonably acceptable to such Holder to the effect that such Holder is
legally permitted to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company
shall, upon the request of any such Holder, simultaneously with the delivery of
the Exchange Notes in the Registered Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to any
such Holder, in exchange for the Notes held by such Holder (the "Private
Exchange"), a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of the Company
(the "Private Exchange Notes") that are identical in all material respects to
the Exchange Notes, except for the transfer restrictions relating to such
Private Exchange Notes. The Private Exchange Notes will be issued under the same
indenture as the Exchange Notes, and, if permitted
<PAGE>
                                                                               3

under the policies established at such time by the CUSIP Service Bureau of
Standard & Poor's Corporation, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts
to cause the Private Exchange Notes to bear the same CUSIP number as the
Exchange Notes.

            In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

            (a) mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the
      Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter
      of transmittal and related documents;

            (b) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30
      days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date on which
      notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed to the Holders;

            (c) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange
      Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;

            (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to
      the close of business, New York City time, on the last business day on
      which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

            (e) otherwise comply in all respects with all laws that are
      applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer.

            As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange
Offer and any Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:

            (a) accept for exchange all Notes tendered and not validly withdrawn
      pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange;

            (b) deliver to the Trustee for cancelation all Notes so accepted for
      exchange; and

            (c) cause the Trustee or the Exchange Notes Trustee, as the case may
      be, promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Notes or
      Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to
      the Notes of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

            The Company and the Note Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend
and supplement the prospectus contained therein in order to permit such
prospectus to be used by all persons (including Exchanging Dealers) subject to
the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act for 180 days after
the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (such 180 days, the
"Applicable Period").

            The Indenture or the Exchange Notes Indenture, as the case may be,
shall provide that the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes
shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the
Notes, the Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes will have the right to
vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.
<PAGE>
                                                                               4

            Interest on each Exchange Note and Private Exchange Note issued
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will
accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the
Notes surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the
Notes, from the Issue Date.

            Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be
required to represent to the Company and the Note Guarantors in writing (which
may be contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) that at the time of
the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Notes
received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business,
(ii) such Holder will have no arrangements or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of the Notes or the Exchange Notes within the
meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an affiliate of the
Company or, if it is such an affiliate, such Holder will comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the
extent applicable and (iv) if such Holder is a broker-dealer, that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes during
the Applicable Period.

            Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the
Note Guarantors will ensure that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement
and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any
supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act and
the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes
effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange
Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, does not,
as of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, include an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order
to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading.

            2. Shelf Registration. If (i) because of any change in law or
applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission's staff the Company and the
Note Guarantors determine in good faith after consultation with counsel that
they are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated
by Section 1 hereof, or (ii) any Notes validly tendered pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer are not exchanged for Exchange Notes within 180 days
after the Issue Date, or (iii) the Initial Purchasers so request with respect to
Notes or Private Exchange Notes not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes
in the Registered Exchange Offer and held by them following the consummation of
the Registered Exchange Offer, or (iv) any applicable law or interpretations do
not permit any Holder to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer (other
than because such Holder has an understanding or arrangement with any person to
participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes), or (v) any Holder that
participates in the Registered Exchange Offer notifies the Company in writing
within 30 days following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer that
such Holder may not resell the Exchange Notes acquired by it in the Registered
Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not legally available
for such resales by such Holder, or (vi) the Company so elects, then the
following provisions shall apply:

            (a) The Company and the Note Guarantors shall use their reasonable
      best efforts to file as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than
      60 days after
<PAGE>
                                                                               5

      so required or requested pursuant to this Section 2; provided that in the
      case of any filing in response to clause (i), (iii) or (iv) of the
      preceding paragraph, the Company and the Note Guarantors shall not be
      required to make any such filing earlier than 75 days following the Issue
      Date (the date of such filing, the "Shelf Filing Date")) with the
      Commission, and thereafter shall use their reasonable best efforts to
      cause to be declared effective on or prior to 105 days after the Shelf
      Filing Date (but, in the case of any filing in response to clause (i),
      (iii), (iv) or (vi) of the preceding paragraph, in no event earlier than
      the 180th day after the Issue Date), a shelf registration statement on an
      appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale
      of the Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined below) by the Holders thereof
      from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth
      in such registration statement (hereafter, a "Shelf Registration
      Statement" and, together with any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a
      "Registration Statement").

            (b) The Company and the Note Guarantors shall use their reasonable
      best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously
      effective in order to permit the prospectus forming part thereof to be
      used by Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes for a period ending on the
      earlier of (i) two years from the Issue Date or such shorter period that
      will terminate when all the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Shelf
      Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto and (ii) the date
      on which the Notes become eligible for resale without volume restrictions
      pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (in any such case, such
      period being called the "Shelf Registration Period"). The Company and the
      Note Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their reasonable best
      efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the
      requisite period if any of them voluntarily take any action that would
      result in Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes covered thereby not being
      able to offer and sell such Transfer Restricted Notes during that period,
      unless (A) such action is required by applicable law or (B) such action
      was permitted by Section 2(c).

            (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(b) (but subject to
      the provisions of Section 3(b)), the Company and the Note Guarantors may
      for valid business reasons, including without limitation, a potential
      acquisition, divestiture of assets or other material corporate
      transaction, issue a notice that the Shelf Registration Statement is no
      longer effective or the prospectus included therein is no longer usable
      for offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Notes and may issue any notice
      suspending use of the Shelf Registration Statement required under
      applicable securities laws to be issued. The provisions of this Section
      2(c) shall also be applicable to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
      during the Applicable Period; provided that the Applicable Period shall be
      extended for the number of days (which shall not exceed 60) that the use
      of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is suspended.

            (d) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company and the
      Note Guarantors shall ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and
      any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any
      supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities
      Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (ii) any
      Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto (in either case,
      other than with respect to information included therein in reliance upon
      or in conformity with written information
<PAGE>
                                                                               6

      furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Holder specifically for
      use therein (the "Holders' Information")) does not contain an untrue
      statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
      be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
      misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration
      Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus (in either case, other
      than with respect to Holders' Information), does not include an untrue
      statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in
      order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
      under which they were made, not misleading.

            3. Liquidated Damages. (a) The parties hereto agree that the Holders
of Transfer Restricted Notes will suffer damages if the Company and the Note
Guarantors fail to fulfill their obligations under Section 1 or Section 2, as
applicable, and that it would not be feasible to ascertain the extent of such
damages. Accordingly, if (i) the applicable Registration Statement is not filed
with the Commission on or prior to the date specified in this Agreement, (ii)
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement,
as the case may be, is not declared effective on or prior to the date specified
in this Agreement, (iii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated on or
prior to 180 days after the Issue Date (other than in the event the Company is
requested or required or elected to file a Shelf Registration Statement), or
(iv) the Shelf Registration Statement is filed and declared effective on or
prior to the date specified in this Agreement but shall thereafter cease to be
effective (at any time that the Company and the Note Guarantors are obligated to
maintain the effectiveness thereof) without being succeeded within 60 days by an
additional Registration Statement or a post- effective amendment to the Shelf
Registration Statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to
in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration Default"), the Company and the Note
Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay liquidated damages to
each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, during the period of one or more such
Registration Defaults, in an amount equal to $ 0.192 per week per $1,000
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Notes held by such Holder until (i) the
applicable Registration Statement is filed, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is declared effective and the Registered Exchange Offer is
consummated, (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective or
(iv) the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective, an additional
Registration Statement becomes effective or a post-effective amendment to the
Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective, as the case may be. Following
the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of liquidated damages will
cease. As used herein, the term "Transfer Restricted Notes" means (i) each Note
until the date on which such Note has been exchanged for a freely transferable
Exchange Note in the Registered Exchange Offer (it being understood that the
requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a prospectus in connection with
sales of Exchange Notes acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer shall not mean
that the Exchange Note is not freely transferable for purposes of this Section
3), (ii) each Note or Private Exchange Note until the date on which it has been
effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance
with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iii) each Note or Private Exchange
Note until the date on which it is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule
144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(a),
the Company shall not be required to pay liquidated damages to a Holder of
Transfer Restricted Notes if such Holder failed to comply with its obligations
to make the representations set forth in the second to last paragraph of Section
1 or failed to provide the information required to be provided by it, if any,
pursuant to Section 4(n).
<PAGE>
                                                                               7

            (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 3(a), the
Company and the Note Guarantors may for valid business reasons, including
without limitation, a potential acquisition, divestiture of assets or other
material corporate transaction, issue a notice that the Shelf Registration
Statement is no longer effective or the prospectus included therein is no longer
usable for offers and sales of Transfer Restricted Notes and may issue any
notice suspending use of the Shelf Registration Statement required under
applicable securities laws to be issued and, in the event that the aggregate
number of days in any consecutive twelve-month period for which all such notices
are issued and effective exceeds 60 days in the aggregate, then the Company and
the Note Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay liquidated
damages to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the Shelf
Registration Statement in an amount equal to $0.192 per week per $1,000
principal amount of Notes constituting Transfer Restricted Notes covered by the
Shelf Registration Statement held by such Holder. Upon the Company and the Note
Guarantors declaring that the Shelf Registration Statement is useable after the
period of time described in the preceding sentence, accrual of liquidated
damages shall cease; provided, however, that if after any such cessation of the
accrual of liquidated damages the Shelf Registration Statement again ceases to
be useable beyond the period permitted above, liquidated damages will again
accrue pursuant to the foregoing provisions.

            (c) The Company shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent under
the Indenture immediately upon the happening of each and every Registration
Default. The Company and the Note Guarantors shall pay the liquidated damages
due on the Transfer Restricted Notes by depositing with the Paying Agent (which
may not be the Company for these purposes), in trust, for the benefit of the
Holders thereof, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next interest
payment date specified by the Indenture and the Notes, sums sufficient to pay
the liquidated damages then due. The liquidated damages due shall be payable on
each interest payment date specified by the Indenture and the Notes to the
record holder entitled to receive the interest payment to be made on such date.
Each obligation to pay liquidated damages shall be deemed to accrue from and
including the date of the applicable Registration Default.

            (d) The parties hereto agree that the liquidated damages provided
for in this Section 3 constitute a reasonable estimate of and are intended to
constitute the sole damages that will be suffered by Holders of Transfer
Restricted Notes by reason of the failure of (i) the Shelf Registration
Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be filed, (ii) the
Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective or (iii) the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to be declared effective and the Registered Exchange
Offer to be consummated, in each case to the extent required by this Agreement.

            4. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Registration
Statement, the following provisions shall apply:

            (a) The Company shall (i) furnish to the Initial Purchasers, prior
      to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Exchange Offer
      Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if
      any, to the prospectus included therein and shall use its reasonable best
      efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the
      Commission, such comments as the Initial Purchasers may reasonably
      propose; (ii) include information substantially as set forth in Annex A
      hereto on the cover, in Annex B hereto in the "Exchange
<PAGE>
                                                                               8

      Offer Procedures" section and the "Purpose of the Exchange Offer" section
      (if any) and in Annex C hereto in the "Plan of Distribution" section of
      the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration
      Statement, and include information substantially as set forth in Annex D
      hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered
      Exchange Offer; and (iii) if requested in writing by any Initial
      Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508 of
      Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the prospectus forming a part of the
      Exchange Offer Registration Statement.

            (b) The Company shall advise the Initial Purchasers, each Exchanging
      Dealer and the Holders (if applicable) and, if requested by any such
      person, confirm such advice in writing (which advice pursuant to clauses
      (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use
      of the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made):

                  (i) when any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto
            has been filed with the Commission and when such Registration
            Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become
            effective;

                  (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or
            supplements to any Registration Statement or the prospectus included
            therein or for additional information;

                  (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order
            suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the
            initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

                  (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with
            respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes, the
            Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes for sale in any
            jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for
            such purpose; and

                  (v) of the happening of any event that requires the making of
            any changes in any Registration Statement or the prospectus included
            therein in order that the statements therein are not misleading and
            do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
            or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

            (c) The Company and the Note Guarantors will make every reasonable
      effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time of any order
      suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement.

            (d) The Company will furnish to each Holder of Transfer Restricted
      Notes included within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement,
      without charge, at least one conformed copy of such Shelf Registration
      Statement and any post- effective amendment thereto, including financial
      statements and schedules and, if any such Holder so requests in writing,
      all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

            (e) The Company will, during the Shelf Registration Period, promptly
      deliver to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes included within the
      coverage
<PAGE>
                                                                               9

      of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the
      prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in such Shelf
      Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such
      Holder may reasonably request; and the Company consents to the use of such
      prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling
      Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in connection with the offer and sale
      of the Transfer Restricted Notes covered by such prospectus or any
      amendment or supplement thereto.

            (f) The Company will furnish to the Initial Purchasers, each
      Exchanging Dealer who so requests in writing, and to any other Holder who
      so requests in writing, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the
      Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment
      thereto, including financial statements and schedules and, if the Initial
      Purchasers or Exchanging Dealer or any such Holder so requests in writing,
      all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

            (g) The Company will, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period
      or the Shelf Registration Period, as applicable, promptly deliver to the
      Initial Purchasers, each Exchanging Dealer and such other persons that are
      required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer,
      without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus included in the
      Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement
      and any amendment or supplement thereto as the Initial Purchasers, such
      Exchanging Dealer or other persons may reasonably request in writing; and
      the Company and the Note Guarantors consent to the use of such prospectus
      or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Initial Purchasers, such
      Exchanging Dealer or other persons, as applicable, as aforesaid.

            (h) Prior to the effective date of any Registration Statement, the
      Company and the Note Guarantors will use their reasonable best efforts to
      register or qualify, or cooperate with the Holders of Notes, Exchange
      Notes or Private Exchange Notes included therein and their respective
      counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such
      Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes for offer and sale under
      the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder
      reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things
      necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions
      of the Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes covered by such
      Registration Statement; provided that the Company and the Note Guarantors
      will not be required to qualify generally to do business in any
      jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any action
      which would subject them to general service of process or to taxation in
      any such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject.

            (i) The Company and the Note Guarantors will cooperate with the
      Holders of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes to facilitate
      the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Notes,
      Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes to be sold pursuant to any
      Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such
      denominations and registered in such names as the Holders thereof may
      request in writing prior to sales of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private
      Exchange Notes pursuant to such Registration Statement.
<PAGE>
                                                                              10

            (j) If any event contemplated by Sections 2(c), 3(b) or 4(b)(ii)
      through (v) occurs during the period for which the Company and the Note
      Guarantors are required to maintain an effective Registration Statement,
      the Company and the Note Guarantors will, to the extent required after the
      end of the applicable periods referred to in Sections 2(c) and 3(b),
      promptly prepare and file with the Commission a post-effective amendment
      to the Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or
      file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to
      purchasers of the Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes from a
      Holder, the prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material
      fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
      statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
      were made, not misleading.

            (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable Registration
      Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the Notes, the
      Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, and
      provide the applicable trustee with certificates for the Notes, the
      Exchange Notes or the Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, in a
      form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

            (l) The Company and the Note Guarantors will comply with all
      applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Company and the
      Note Guarantors will make generally available to their security holders as
      soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable
      Registration Statement an earning statement of the Company satisfying the
      provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act; provided that in no
      event shall such earning statement be delivered later than 45 days after
      the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year)
      beginning with the first month of the Company's first fiscal quarter
      commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration
      Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period.

            (m) The Company and the Note Guarantors will cause the Indenture or
      the Exchange Notes Indenture, as the case may be, to be qualified under
      the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner.

            (n) The Company may require each Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes
      to be registered pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish
      to the Company such information concerning the Holder and the distribution
      of such Transfer Restricted Notes as the Company may from time to time
      reasonably require for inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement, and
      the Company may exclude from such registration the Transfer Restricted
      Notes of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a
      reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Holder of Transfer
      Restricted Notes as to which a Shelf Registration Statement is being
      effected, by its participation in the Shelf Registration Statement, shall
      be deemed to agree to furnish the Company and the Note Guarantors all
      information concerning such Holder required to be described in order to
      make the information previously furnished by such Holder to the Company
      and the Note Guarantors not materially misleading.

            (o) In the case of (A) a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder
      of Transfer Restricted Notes to be registered pursuant thereto agrees by
      acquisition
<PAGE>
                                                                              11

      of such Transfer Restricted Notes that, and (B) the Exchange Offer
      Registration Statement during the Applicable Period only, each Holder of
      Exchange Notes subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the
      Securities Act agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company
      pursuant to Sections 2(c), 3(b) or 4(b)(ii) through (v), such Holder will
      discontinue disposition of such Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange
      Notes, as applicable, until such Holder's receipt of copies of the
      supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) or until
      advised in writing (the "Advice") by the Company that the use of the
      applicable prospectus may be resumed. If the Company shall give any notice
      under Sections 2(c), 3(b) or 4(b)(ii) through (v) during the period that
      the Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement
      (the "Effectiveness Period"), such Effectiveness Period shall be extended
      by the number of days during such period from and including the date of
      the giving of such notice to and including the date when each seller of
      Transfer Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes, as applicable, covered by
      such Registration Statement shall have received (x) the copies of the
      supplemental or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(j) (if an
      amended or supplemental prospectus is required) or (y) the Advice (if no
      amended or supplemental prospectus is required).

            (p) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and
      the Note Guarantors shall enter into such customary agreements (including,
      if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all
      such other action, if any, as Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
      amount of the Notes, Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes covered by
      the Shelf Registration Statement or the managing underwriters (if any)
      shall reasonably request in order to facilitate any disposition of Notes,
      Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to such Shelf
      Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
      in this Agreement, the Company and the Note Guarantors shall not be
      required to engage in more than one underwritten offering pursuant to this
      Agreement.

            (q) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall
      (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative of, and
      Special Counsel (as defined below) acting for, Holders of a majority in
      aggregate principal amount of the Notes, Exchange Notes and Private
      Exchange Notes covered by the Shelf Registration Statement and any
      underwriter participating in any disposition of Notes, Exchange Notes or
      Private Exchange Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, all
      relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and
      properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) use its reasonable
      best efforts to have its officers, directors, employees, accountants and
      counsel supply all relevant information reasonably requested by such
      representative, Special Counsel or any such underwriter (an "Inspector")
      in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement.

            (r) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company
      shall, if requested by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
      of the Notes, Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes covered by the
      Shelf Registration Statement, its Special Counsel or the managing
      underwriters (if any) in connection with such Shelf Registration
      Statement, use its reasonable best efforts to cause (i) its counsel to
      deliver an opinion relating to the Shelf Registration
<PAGE>
                                                                              12

      Statement and the Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as
      applicable, in customary form, (ii) its officers to execute and deliver
      all customary documents and certificates requested by Holders of a
      majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, Exchange Notes and
      Private Exchange Notes being sold, its Special Counsel or the managing
      underwriters (if any) and (iii) its independent public accountants to
      provide a comfort letter or letters in customary form, subject to receipt
      of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by
      Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.

            5. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Note Guarantors will
jointly and severally bear all expenses incurred in connection with the
performance of their obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 and the Company
will reimburse the Initial Purchasers or the Holders, as applicable, for the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm of attorneys (in addition to any
local counsel) chosen by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes covered by each
Registration Statement (the "Special Counsel") acting for the Initial Purchasers
or Holders in connection therewith. The Company and the Note Guarantors are not
required to pay any commissions or concessions of any broker- dealers.

            6. Market-Making. (a) For so long as any of the Notes, Exchange
Notes or Private Exchange Notes are outstanding and JPMorgan (in such capacity,
the "Market- Maker") or any of its affiliates (as defined in the rules and
regulations of the Commission) owns any equity securities of the Company, the
Note Guarantors or any of their affiliates and proposes to make a market in the
Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes as part of its business in the
ordinary course, the following provisions shall apply for the sole benefit of
the Market Maker:

            (i) The Company and the Note Guarantors shall (A) on the date that
      the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is filed with the Commission,
      file a registration statement (the "Market-Making Registration Statement")
      (which may be the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
      Registration Statement if permitted by the rules and regulations of the
      Commission) and use their best efforts to cause such Market-Making
      Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or
      prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer; (B) periodically amend
      such Market-Making Registration Statement so that the information
      contained therein complies with the requirements of Section 10(a) under
      the Securities Act; (C) within 45 days following the end of each of the
      Company's fiscal quarters (other than the fourth quarter), file a
      supplement to the prospectus contained in the Market-Making Registration
      Statement that sets forth the financial results of the Company for such
      quarter; (D) amend the Market- Making Registration Statement or supplement
      the related prospectus when necessary to reflect any material changes in
      the information provided therein; and (E) amend the Market-Making
      Registration Statement when required to do so in order to comply with
      Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; provided, however, that (1) prior
      to filing the Market-Making Registration Statement, any amendment thereto
      or any supplement to the related prospectus (other than a supplement filed
      pursuant to clause (C) of this paragraph unless the Market-Maker
      reasonably requests), the Company will furnish to the Market-Maker copies
      of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents will be
      subject to the review of the Market-Maker and its counsel, (2) the Company
      and the Note Guarantors will not file the Market-Making Registration
      Statement, any amendment thereto or any
<PAGE>
                                                                              13

      supplement to the related prospectus (other than a supplement filed
      pursuant to clause (C) of this paragraph unless the Market-Maker
      reasonably requests) to which the Market-Maker and its counsel shall
      reasonably object unless the Company is advised by counsel that such
      Market-Making Registration Statement, amendment or supplement is required
      to be filed and (3) the Company will provide the Market-Maker and its
      counsel with copies of the Market-Making Registration Statement and each
      amendment and supplement filed.

            (ii) The Company shall notify the Market-Maker and, if requested by
      the Market-Maker, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when any
      post-effective amendment to the Market-Making Registration Statement or
      any amendment or supplement to the related prospectus has been filed, and,
      with respect to any post-effective amendment, when the same has become
      effective; (B) of any request by the Commission for any post-effective
      amendment to the Market-Making Registration Statement, any supplement or
      amendment to the related prospectus or for additional information; (C) the
      issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness
      of the Market-Making Registration Statement or the initiation of any
      proceedings for that purpose; (D) of the receipt by the Company of any
      notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the
      Notes or Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or
      threatening of any proceedings for such purpose; (E) of the happening of
      any event that makes any statement made in the Market- Making Registration
      Statement, the related prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto
      untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Market-Making
      Registration Statement, such prospectus or any amendment or supplement
      thereto, in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and (F)
      of any advice from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization
      that such organization has placed the Company under surveillance or review
      with negative implications or has determined to downgrade the rating of
      the Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes or any other debt
      obligation of the Company whether or not such downgrade shall have been
      publicly announced.

            (iii) If any event contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii)(B) through (E)
      occurs during the period for which the Company and the Note Guarantors are
      required to maintain an effective Market-Making Registration Statement,
      the Company and the Note Guarantors shall promptly prepare and file with
      the Commission a post- effective amendment to the Market-Making
      Registration Statement or a supplement to the related prospectus or file
      any other required document so that the prospectus will not include an
      untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
      necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
      circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

            (iv) In the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the
      effectiveness of the Market-Making Registration Statement or of any order
      suspending the qualification of the Notes, Exchange Notes or Private
      Exchange Notes for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company and the Note
      Guarantors shall use promptly their reasonable best efforts to obtain its
      withdrawal.

            (v) The Company shall furnish to the Market-Maker, without charge,
      (i) at least one conformed copy of the Market-Making Registration
      Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto; and (ii) as many
      copies of the related
<PAGE>
                                                                              14

      prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as the Market-Maker may
      reasonably request.

            (vi) The Company and the Note Guarantors shall consent to the use of
      the prospectus contained in the Market-Making Registration Statement or
      any amendment or supplement thereto by the Market-Maker in connection its
      market making activities.

            (vii) For so long as the Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange
      Notes shall be outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Market-Maker
      (A) as soon as practicable after the end of each of the Company's fiscal
      years, the number of copies reasonably requested by the Market-Maker of
      the Company's annual report for such year, (B) as soon as available, the
      number of copies reasonably requested by the Market-Maker of each report
      (including, without limitation, reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K) or
      definitive proxy statements of the Company filed under the Exchange Act or
      mailed to stockholders and (C) all public reports and all reports and
      financial statements furnished by the Company to the Nasdaq National
      Market System or any U.S. national securities exchange or quotation
      service upon which the Notes or Exchange Notes may be listed pursuant to
      requirements of or agreements with such exchange or quotation service or
      to the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or any rule or regulation
      of the Commission thereunder.

            (viii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 6, the
      Company and the Note Guarantors may for valid business reasons, including
      without limitation, a potential acquisition, divestiture of assets or
      other material corporate transaction, issue a notice that the
      Market-Making Registration Statement is no longer effective or the
      prospectus included therein is no longer usable for offers and sales of
      Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes and may issue any notice
      suspending use of the Market-Making Registration Statement required under
      applicable securities laws to be issued; provided that the use of the
      Market-Making Registration Statement shall not be suspended for more than
      60 days in the aggregate in any consecutive 12 month period. The Market-
      Maker agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to
      this Section 6(a)(viii), it will discontinue use of the Market-Making
      Registration Statement until receipt of copies of the supplemented or
      amended prospectus relating thereto or until advised in writing by the
      Company that the use of the Market-Making Registration Statement may be
      resumed.

            (b) In connection with the Market-Making Registration Statement, the
Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by a representative
of, and counsel acting for, the Market-Maker all relevant financial and other
records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries and (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to have its officers,
directors, employees, accountants and counsel supply all relevant information
reasonably requested by such representative or counsel or the Market-Maker.

            (c) Prior to the effective date of the Market-Making Registration
Statement, the Company and the Note Guarantors will use their reasonable best
efforts to register or qualify, or cooperate with the Market-Maker and its
counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of, such Notes,
Exchange Notes or Private Exchange
<PAGE>
                                                                              15

Notes for offer and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such
jurisdictions as the Market-Maker reasonably requests in writing and do any and
all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in
such jurisdictions of the Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes
covered by the Market-Making Registration Statement; provided that the Company
and the Note Guarantors will not be required to qualify generally to do business
in any jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any action
which would subject them to general service of process or to taxation in any
such jurisdiction where they are not then so subject.

            (d) The Company represents that the Market-Making Registration
Statement, any post-effective amendments thereto, any amendments or supplements
to the related prospectus and any documents filed by them under the Exchange Act
will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case
may be, conform in all respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and
the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and
will not, as of the effective date of such Market-Making Registration Statement
or post-effective amendments and as of the filing date of amendments or
supplements to such prospectus or filings under the Exchange Act, contain an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the
circumstances under which they were made not misleading; provided that no
representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted
from the Market-Making Registration Statement or the related prospectus in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by the Market-Maker specifically for inclusion therein, which
information the parties hereto agree will be limited to the statements
concerning the Market-Making activities of the Market-Maker to be set forth on
the cover page and in the "Plan of Distribution" section of the prospectus (the
"Market-Maker's Information").

            (e) At the time of effectiveness of the Market-Making Registration
Statement (unless it is the same as the time of effectiveness of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement) and concurrently with each time the Market-Making
Registration Statement or the related prospectus shall be amended or such
prospectus shall be supplemented, the Company shall (if requested in writing by
the Market-Maker) furnish the Market-Maker and its counsel with a certificate of
its Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Financial Officer to the effect
that:

            (i) the Market-Making Registration Statement has been declared
      effective; (ii) in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment
      has become effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time
      specified in such certificate, if applicable; if required, such amendment
      or supplement to the prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to
      the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act specified in such
      certificate on the date specified therein; (iii) to the knowledge of such
      officers, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Market-Making
      Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose
      is pending or threatened by the Commission; (iv) such officers have
      carefully examined the Market-Making Registration Statement and the
      prospectus (and, in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment
      or supplement) and as of the date of such Market-Making Registration
      Statement, amendment or supplement, as applicable, the Market- Making
      Registration Statement and the prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if
      applicable, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact and
      did not
<PAGE>
                                                                              16

      omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
      to make the statements therein not misleading.

            (f) At the time of effectiveness of the Market-Making Registration
Statement (unless it is the same as the time of effectiveness of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement) and concurrently with each time the Market-Making
Registration Statement or the related prospectus shall be amended or such
prospectus shall be supplemented, the Company shall (if requested in writing by
the Market-Maker) furnish the Market-Maker and its counsel with the written
opinion of counsel for the Company satisfactory to the Market-Maker to the
effect that:

            (i) the Market-Making Registration Statement has been declared
      effective; (ii) in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment
      has become effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time
      specified in such opinion, if applicable; if required, such amendment or
      supplement to the prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the
      subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act specified in such
      opinion on the date specified therein; (iii) to the knowledge of such
      counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Market-Making
      Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose
      is pending or threatened by the Commission; and (iv) such counsel has
      reviewed the Market-Making Registration Statement and the prospectus (and,
      in the case of an amendment or supplement, such amendment or supplement)
      and participated with officers of the Company and independent public
      accountants for the Company in the preparation of such Market-Making
      Registration Statement and prospectus (and, in the case of an amendment or
      supplement, such amendment or supplement) and has no reason to believe
      that (except for the financial statements and other financial and
      statistical data contained therein as to which no belief is required) as
      of the date of such Market-Making Registration Statement, amendment or
      supplement, as applicable, the Market-Making Registration Statement and
      the prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, contained any
      untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
      required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
      not misleading.

            (g) At the time of effectiveness of the Market-Making Registration
Statement (unless it is the same as the time of effectiveness of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement) and concurrently with each time the Market-Making
Registration Statement or the related prospectus shall be amended or such
prospectus shall be supplemented to include audited annual financial
information, the Company shall (if requested in writing by the Market-Maker)
furnish the Market-Maker and its counsel with a letter of Arthur Andersen LLP
(or other independent public accountants for the Company or the Note Guarantors
of nationally recognized standing) in form satisfactory to the Market-Maker,
addressed to the Market-Maker and dated the date of delivery of such letter, (i)
confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of
the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements
relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X
of the Commission and, (ii) in all other respects, substantially in the form of
the letter delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Section 5(f) of the
Purchase Agreement, with, in the case of an amendment or supplement to include
audited financial information, such changes as may be necessary to reflect the
amended or supplemented financial information.
<PAGE>
                                                                              17

            (h) The Company and the Note Guarantors, on the one hand, and the
Market-Maker, on the other hand, hereby agree to indemnify each other, and, if
applicable, contribute to the other, in accordance with Sections 7 and 8 of this
Agreement.

            (i) The Company will comply with the provisions of this Section 6 at
its own expense and will reimburse the Market-Maker for its expenses associated
with this Section 6 (including reasonable fees of counsel).

            (j) The agreements contained in this Section 6 and the
representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall
survive all offers and sales of the Notes and Exchange Notes and shall remain in
full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancelation of this
Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

            (k) For purposes of this Section 6, any reference to the terms
"amend", "amendment" or "supplement" with respect to the Market-Making
Registration Statement or the prospectus contained therein shall be deemed to
refer to and include the filing under the Exchange Act of any document deemed to
be incorporated therein by reference.

            7. Indemnification. (a) In the event of a Shelf Registration
Statement or in connection with any prospectus delivery pursuant to an Exchange
Offer Registration Statement by the Initial Purchasers or Exchanging Dealer, as
applicable, or in connection with any prospectus delivery by the Market-Maker,
the Company and the Note Guarantors shall jointly and severally indemnify and
hold harmless each Holder (including, without limitation, each of the Initial
Purchasers, the Market-Maker or such Exchanging Dealer), its affiliates, its
respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, and each
person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 7
and Section 8 as a Holder) from and against any loss, claim, damage or
liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including,
without limitation, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to
purchases and sales of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes), to
which that Holder may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law or
regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration
Statement or Market-Making Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part
thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (iii) in the case of
the Market-Maker, any material breach by the Company of the representations,
warranties and agreements contained in Section 6, and shall reimburse each
Holder promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
by that Holder in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to
defend against or appearing as a third party witness in connection with any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred;
provided, however, that the Company and the Note Guarantors shall not be liable
in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action arises out of, or is based upon, an untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in
reliance upon and in conformity with any Holders' Information or
<PAGE>
                                                                              18

Market-Maker's Information; and provided, further, that with respect to any such
untrue statement in or omission from any related preliminary prospectus, the
indemnity agreement contained in this Section 7(a) shall not inure to the
benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action received Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange
Notes to the extent that such loss, claim, damage, liability or action of or
with respect to such Holder results from the fact that both (A) a copy of the
final prospectus was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of such Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes
to such person and (B) the untrue statement in or omission from the related
preliminary prospectus was corrected in the final prospectus unless, in either
case, such failure to deliver the final prospectus was a result of
non-compliance by the Company with Section 4(d), 4(e), 4(f), 4(g) or 6(a)(vi),
as applicable.

            (b) In (i) the event of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder
or (ii) connection with any prospectus delivery by the Market-Maker, the
Market-Maker, as applicable, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its
affiliates, its respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and
agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of
the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively referred to for purposes of
this Section 7(b) and Section 8 as the Company), from and against any loss,
claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof,
to which the Company may become subject, whether commenced or threatened, under
the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state statutory law
or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any such Registration
Statement or Market-Making Registration Statement or any prospectus forming part
thereof or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (ii) the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, but in each case only
to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with any
Holders' Information or Market-Maker's Information furnished to the Company by
such Holder, and shall reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending
or preparing to defend against or appearing as a third party witness in
connection with any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such
expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable
for any indemnity claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds
received by such Holder from the sale of Notes, Exchange Notes or Private
Exchange Notes pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus.

            (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 7 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the
indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party pursuant to Section 7(a) or 7(b), notify the indemnifying
party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided,
however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have under this Section 7 except to the extent
that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive
rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to
notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it
may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 7. If any
such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall
notify the indemnifying party
<PAGE>
                                                                              19

thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to
the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified
indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party
to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or
action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party
under this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by
the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than the
reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that an indemnified party
shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees,
expenses and other charges of such counsel for the indemnified party will be at
the expense of such indemnified party unless (1) the employment of counsel by
the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party,
(2) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based upon advice of counsel
to the indemnified party) that there may be legal defenses available to it or
other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those
available to the indemnifying party, (3) a conflict or potential conflict exists
(based upon advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified
party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not
have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified
party) or (4) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably
satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action
within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the
action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other
charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties.
It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection
with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable
for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one
separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any one time
for all such indemnified party or parties. Each indemnified party, as a
condition of the indemnity agreements contained in Sections 7(a) and 7(b), shall
use all reasonable efforts to cooperate with the indemnifying party in the
defense of any such action or claim. No indemnifying party shall be liable for
any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written
consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action,
the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified
party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or
judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any
settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims
that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

            8. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 7 is
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section
7(a) or 7(b), then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such
indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified
party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect
thereof, (a) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company from the initial offering and sale of the
Notes, on the one hand, and by a Holder from receiving Notes, Exchange Notes or
Private Exchange Notes, as applicable, registered under the Securities Act, on
the other, or (b) if the allocation provided by clause (a) above is not
permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not
only the relative benefits
<PAGE>
                                                                              20

referred to in clause (a) above but also the relative fault of the Company and
the Note Guarantors, on the one hand, and such Holder, on the other, with
respect to the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage
or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference
to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
relates to the Company and the Note Guarantors or information supplied by the
Company and the Note Guarantors, on the one hand, or to any Holders' Information
or Market-Maker's Information supplied by such Holder, on the other, the intent
of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties
hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant
to this Section 8 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other
method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable
considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified
party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect
thereof, referred to above in this Section 8 shall be deemed to include, for
purposes of this Section 8, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by
such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending or
preparing to defend any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of
this Section 8, an indemnifying party that is a Holder of Notes, Exchange Notes
or Private Exchange Notes shall not be required to contribute any amount in
excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Notes, Exchange Notes
or Private Exchange Notes sold by such indemnifying party to any purchaser
exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise
paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.

            9. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company and the Note Guarantors shall use
their reasonable best efforts to file the reports required to be filed by them
under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any
time the Company and the Note Guarantors are not required to file such reports,
they will, upon the written request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes
or the Market-Maker, make publicly available other information so long as
necessary to permit sales of such Holder's or the Market-Maker's securities
pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company and the Note Guarantors covenant
that they will take such further action as any Holder of Transfer Restricted
Notes or the Market-Maker may reasonably request, all to the extent required
from time to time to enable such Holder or the Market-Maker to sell Transfer
Restricted Notes without registration under the Securities Act within the
limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including, without
limitation, the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). Upon the written request of
any Holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, the Company and the Note Guarantors
shall deliver to such Holder or the Market-Maker a written statement as to
whether they have complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, nothing in this Section 9 shall be deemed to require the Company to
register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

            10. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted
Notes covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an
underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager
or managers that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of
a majority in aggregate principal
<PAGE>
                                                                              21

amount of such Transfer Restricted Notes included in such offering, subject to
the consent of the Company and the Note Guarantors (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), and such Holders shall be responsible for all
underwriting commissions and discounts in connection therewith.

            No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder
unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person's Transfer Restricted Notes on
the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the
persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and
executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting
agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements.

            11. Miscellaneous. (a) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of
this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or
consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the
Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange
Notes, taken as a single class (and, with respect to the provisions of Section
6, the written consent of the Market- Maker). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter
that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Notes, Exchange Notes or
Private Exchange Notes are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and
that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be
given by Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, the
Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes being sold by such Holders
pursuant to such Registration Statement whose rights are so affected.

            (b) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail,
telecopier or air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery:

                  (1) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such
      Holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section
      11(b), which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the
      address of such Holder maintained by the registrar under the Indenture,
      with a copy in like manner to JPMorgan and DBSI;

                  (2) if to the Initial Purchasers or the Market-Maker,
      initially at their addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

                  (3) if to the Company or the Note Guarantors, initially at the
      address of the Company set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

            All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been
duly given: when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; one business day
after being delivered to a next-day air courier; five business days after being
deposited in the mail; and when receipt is acknowledged by the recipient's
telecopier machine, if sent by telecopier.

            The Company and the Note Guarantors or the Initial Purchasers may,
by written notice to the other, designate additional or different addresses for
subsequent notices or communications.
<PAGE>
                                                                              22

            (c) Successors And Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
Company and its successors and assigns.

            (d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts (which may be delivered in original form or by telecopier) and by
the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed
shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute one and the same agreement.

            (e) Definition of Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the
term "business day" means any day on which the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. is
open for trading, (b) the term "subsidiary" has the meaning set forth in Rule
405 under the Securities Act and (c) except where otherwise expressly provided,
the term "affiliate" has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities
Act.

            (f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

            (g) GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

            (h) Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company, the Note
Guarantors or by any Holder of any of their obligations under this Agreement,
each Holder, the Company or the Note Guarantors, as the case may be, in addition
to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of
damages (other than the recovery of damages for a breach by the Company or the
Note Guarantors of their obligations under Sections 1 or 2 hereof for which
liquidated damages have been paid pursuant to Section 3 hereof), will be
entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The
Company, the Note Guarantors and each Holder agree that monetary damages would
not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by each
such person of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agree
that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such
breach, each such person shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be
adequate.

            (i) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Note
Guarantors represents, warrants and agrees with the Initial Purchasers that (i)
it has not entered into, and shall not, on or after the date of this Agreement,
enter into any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the
Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof,
(ii) it has not previously entered into any agreement which remains in effect
granting any registration rights with respect to any of its debt securities to
any person and (iii) (with respect to the Company) without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, without the written consent of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Transfer
Restricted Notes and the Market-Maker, it shall not grant to any person the
right to request the Company to register any debt securities of the Company
under the Securities Act unless the rights so granted are not in conflict or
inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

            (j) No Piggyback on Registrations. Neither the Company nor any of
its security holders (other than the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes in
such capacity) shall have the right to include any securities of the Company in
any Shelf Registration or Registered Exchange Offer other than Transfer
Restricted Notes.
<PAGE>
                                                                              23

            (k) Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of
this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid,
illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions,
covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and
effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties
hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to find and employ an alternative
means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated
by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and
declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the
remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of
such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.
<PAGE>
                                                                              24

            Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement
among the Company, the Note Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers.

                                         Very truly yours,

                                         PLIANT CORPORATION,

                                         by   /s/ Brian E. Johnson
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Name:  Brian E. Johnson
                                           Title: Executive Vice President

                                         PLIANT CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL,
                                         PLIANT FILM PRODUCTS OF MEXICO, INC.,
                                         PLIANT SOLUTIONS CORPORATION,
                                         PLIANT PACKAGING OF CANADA, LLC,
                                         UNIPLAST HOLDINGS, INC.,
                                         UNIPLAST U.S., INC.,
                                         TUREX, INC.,
                                         PIERSON INDUSTRIES, INC.,
                                         UNIPLAST MIDWEST, INC.,

                                         by   /s/ Brian E. Johnson
                                           _____________________________________
                                           Name:  Brian E. Johnson
                                           Title: Executive Vice President
<PAGE>
                                                                              25

Accepted:

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

by  /s/
  ____________________________________
         Authorized Signatory

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

by  /s/
  ____________________________________
         Authorized Signatory

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

by  /s/
  ____________________________________
         Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX A

            Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver
a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker- dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within
the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Notes where such Notes
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days
after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it will make this Prospectus
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See
"Plan of Distribution".
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX B

            Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
in exchange for Notes, where such Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange
Notes. See "Plan of Distribution".
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX C

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

            Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver
a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Notes where such Notes were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a
period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this prospectus, as
amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale. In addition, until [               ] 200[ ], all dealers
effecting transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a
prospectus.

            The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange
Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own
account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time
in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a
combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange
Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it
for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or
dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed
to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit
on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commission or concessions received
by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the
Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it
will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

            For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the Registered Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel
for the Holders of the Notes) other than commissions or concessions of any
broker-dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Notes (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX D

                  | | CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE
                  10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY
                  AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

                  Name:
                  Address:

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is
not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange
Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes
for its own account in exchange for Notes that were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities, it acknowledges that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes;
however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00038-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00038-of-00352.parquet"}]]